CN1977511B - High data rate interface apparatus and method - Google Patents

Abstract

A data interface for transferring digital data between a host and a client over a communication path using packet structures linked together to form a communication protocol for communicating a pre-selected set of digital control and presentation data. The signal protocol is used by link controllers configured to generate, transmit, and receive packets forming the communications protocol, and to form digital data into one or more types of data packets, with at least one residing in the host device and being coupled to the client through the communications path. The interface provides a cost-effective, low power, bi-directional, high-speed data transfer mechanism over a short-range ''serial'' type data link, which lends itself to implementation with miniature connectors and thin flexible cables which are especially useful in connecting display elements such as wearable micro-displays to portable computers and wireless communication devices.

Description

High data rate interface apparatus and method

Priority request according to 35U.S.C § 119

Present patent application requires in the provisional application 60/554309 that on March 17th, 2004 submits to, title is " SwitchableThreshold Differential Interface " and in the priority that on March 24th, 2004 submits to, title is the provisional application 60/556345 of " Switchable Threshold Differential Interface ", these two applications all are transferred to the assignee of the present invention, clearly it are incorporated to herein with way of reference here.

Technical field

In this disclosure, embodiments of the invention relate to for carry out a kind of digital signal agreement and the processing procedure and the device that comprises integrated circuit and parts of signal transmission or signal transmission with high data rate between main process equipment and client devices.More particularly, present disclosure relates to a kind of technology, this utilization has low-power, the high data rate transfer mechanism of inside and outside equipment application, the digital signal of multimedia and other type is sent to client devices from main frame or controller equiment, in order to present or be shown to the end user.

Background technology

In recent years, computer, electronic game Related product and various video technique (for example Digital video disc (DVD) and high definition VCR) have obtained significant progress, thereby static, the video that can provide resolution to improve constantly to the end user of this device, video request program and graph image, even also comprise the text of some type.These progress require to adopt more high-resolution electronics evaluation equipment, for example high definition video monitor, high definition TV (HDTV) monitor or special image projection element then.For example, at the audio reproduction, the DVD that use CD (CD) type and while thering is equally the miscellaneous equipment of associate audio signal output, this visual image is combined with high definition or high-quality voice data, thereby produce multimedia experiences more true to nature, that content is abundanter or more vivid for the end user.In addition, the high mobility such as the MP3 player, high-quality sound system and music transmission mechanism have been developed, in order to present simple audio frequency to the end user.This has caused from the computer to the TV the even typical user of this commercial electronic equipment of phone, and the output of high-quality or top quality more and more is accustomed to and and is more and more expected the output of high-quality or high-quality.

In typical video presents situation, relate to that the video data of electronic product normally transmits to the speed on tens of kilobit orders of magnitude with per second one by current techniques, this speed is called at a slow speed or middling speed rightly.Then, these data buffer storages or be stored in interim or long term memory equipment, in order to postpone (after a while) on desired evaluation equipment, broadcast.For example, can utilize the program on the computer that resides in the internet connection apparatus with modulator-demodulator or other types, " by " or transmit image with internet, in order to receive or send the data that can be used for the digital form represent images.Wireless device use such as the portable computer that is equipped with radio modem, wireless personal digital assistant (PDA) or radio telephone also can similarly transmit.

Once the data of receiving, just store the data in memory component, circuit or equipment in this locality, for example be stored in random access storage device (RAM) or flash memory, also comprise and being stored in inside or External memory equipment, for example, the small size hard disk, in order to carry out playback.According to data volume and image resolution ratio, playback can comparatively fast start or present playback after delay for a long time again.That is to say, in some cases, for not needing mass data or using for the little image or low-resolution image of certain buffer memory, image presents permission real-time playback to a certain degree, therefore after having passed through less delayed, some contents present, and more contents are also in transport process.Suppose to transmit link any interruption does not occur, perhaps not from the other system of the transfer channel with respect to using or user's interference, once present so beginning, for the end user of evaluation equipment suitable (reasonably) is transparent in this transmission.Nature, for example, when a plurality of users share a communication path when (, a wired internet connects), transmission may be interrupted, or, slower than what expect.

Data for generation of rest image or sport video are often compressed by one of several well-known technology, such as those technology of well-known other normal structure or Corporation Instructions in JPEG (joint photographic experts group) (JPEG), Motion Picture Experts Group (MPEG) and medium, computer and the communications industry, to accelerate the transmission of data on communication link.The bit of these utilization lesser amts transmits given amount of information, thereby allows to transmit quickly image or data.

Once data are sent to " this locality " equipment such as computer or other receiver apparatus, wherein, computer has memory mechanism, as memory, perhaps magnetic or optical memory element, just decompress the information obtained (or using special decoding player plays), if necessary, decoded, and based on corresponding available present resolution and controlling element be suitable present ready.For example, usually from hanging down to 480 * 640 pixels to 600 * 800 again to 1024 * 1024, certainly as required or requirement, various other resolutions generally also may be arranged by typical computer video resolution that X * Y pixel screen resolution means.

With regard to some pre-color grade or color density (for the position of each pixel of generating color) and intensity and any overhead bit of adopting, image presents the impact of the ability that also is subject to picture material and given Video Controller steers image.For example, typical computer presents the every pixel of expection about 8 to 32 or multidigit more, thus performance shades of colour (deep or light and tone), but also can run into other value.

From above-mentioned value, can find out, on the scope from minimum to the highest typical resolution and concentration, given screen picture will require to transmit respectively the data of the left and right from 2.45 megabits (Mb) to 33.55Mb.While with the speed of 30 frame per seconds, watching the image of video or type of sports, about 73.7 to 1, the 006 megabit data per seconds (Mbps) of needed data volume, or about 9.21 to 125.75 megabyte per seconds (MBps).In addition, people also may wish voice data is presented together with image, and for example multimedia presents, or wish to present voice data as high definition audio independently, for example the music of CD quality.Can also adopt the extra signal of processing interactive command, control or signal.In these options, each has all increased more data to be transmitted.In addition, relate to the renewal transmission technology that HDTV and film record and may add more data and control information.Under any circumstance, when people wish to transmit high-quality or high resolution image data and high quality audio information or data-signal so that while producing abundant in content experience to the end user, present element and be configured to provide the source of this data or main process equipment between need to have high data transfer rate link.

Usually, the data rate of 115 kilobytes per seconds (KBps) or 920 kilobits per seconds (Kbps) left and right can be processed by modern serial line interface.Can support to transmit up to the data of 12MBps speed as other interface of USB serial line interface, such as that specialized high-speed of using IEEE (IEEE) 1394 standard configurations, transmit and can carry out with the speed of 100 to the 400MBps orders of magnitude.But, these speed fail to reach desired above-mentioned high data rate, the purpose of these desired speed is to make sure for wireless data apparatus kimonos in the future, in order to provide high-resolution, abundant in content output signal to drive portable video display or audio frequency apparatus.This comprises for commercial affairs and other computers that present, game station etc.In addition, these interface requirements carry out work by the main frame of huge amount or system and client software.Their Software Protocol Stack also produces a large amount of expenses of not expecting, particularly in the situation that consider that mobile wireless device or phone application are more outstanding.This equipment has strict memory and power consumption constraints, and the computing capability that over-burden.In addition, some interfaces are used the cable of large volume or utilize complicated connector, attractive in appearance the moving for application for requirement for height, the cable of these large volumes is too heavy, can not be satisfactory, and these complicated connectors have increased cost, or the power consumption all too is large.

Also have other known interface, for example analog video graphics adapter (VGA), digital video interactive (DVI) or kilomegabit video interface (GVIF).The first two in these interfaces is the interface of parallel type, carry out deal with data for the transfer rate with higher, but they also adopts heavy cable and consume a large amount of power, the magnitude of nearly several watts.These characteristic neither ones can be for portable consumer electronic device.Even the 3rd interface also consumes too many power and uses expensive or bulky connector.

For the unusual high data rate system/agreement or transmit the transfer mechanism be associated with the data of hard-wired computer equipment of some and other in above-mentioned interface, there is another major defect.In order to support needed data transfer rate, also need sizable power and/or use large current work.Do like this and greatly reduced the availability for the high mobility product that satisfies the needs of consumers by this technology.

In general, in order to support this message transmission rate, use such as the connection of fiber type and the substitute conveying element, also need a plurality of extra transducers and element, compare with the commercial product really satisfied the needs of consumers is required, do like this that complexity is larger, cost is higher.Up to the present, except the general all very expensive person's characters of optical system, they have hindered them in the generally application aspect light, low-power, portable use to requirement and their complexity of power equally.

What portable, wireless or mobile application industry lacked is a kind of like this technology, that is: the end user to high mobility provides high-quality to present experience, and no matter it is based on audio frequency, video or multimedia.That is to say, when using portable computer, radio telephone, PDA or other high mobility communication equipment or device, the Audio and Video of current use presents system or equipment can't transmit output with desired high quality level at all.Feel that the shortage of quality can't obtain the result that the transmission high-quality presents the needed high data rate of data often.This comprise to more effectively, external equipment advanced or that be full of characteristic transmits in order to present to the end user, perhaps between main frame and the client computer as computer, this portable set of game machine inside, transmit, and at main frame with comprise between the wireless device such as mobile phone and transmitting.

Under latter event, adding more and more high-resolution interior video screen and other specialty input and/or output equipment, and be connected to wireless device and so-called laptop computer aspect such as so-called third generation phone, strided forward major step.Yet, internal data bus be connected the structure that can comprise bridge joint rotation or slide hinge or hinge-like, these structures install or are connected to by video screen or other element the main shell that main frame and/or various other control element and output block have been installed.These are the interface of high bandwidth or high-throughput normally.It is very difficult constructing high-throughput data transmission interface by prior art, and for example, in radio telephone, prior art requires up to 90 wires or more, realizes desired throughput.Current solution will adopt the parallel style interface with higher signal level usually, and this can make interconnected cost higher, more unreliable, and may produce the radiation-emitting that has of jamming equipment function.Be made in like this about there are many difficult problems in manufacture, cost restriction and reliability aspect and wait to solve.

For the device of fixed position, also have this problem and demand, wherein, for example, communication or compute classes equipment are added in household electrical appliance and other consumer devices, are connected so that advanced data capability, the Internet and transfer of data to be provided, or are built in amusement.Another example is aircraft and automobile, and wherein, independent Audio and Video presents screen and is arranged in backrest.But in these cases, more convenient, efficient and easy-to-use way is, but allows primary storage, processing or communication control unit away from screen or audio output, with interconnected link or channel, carrys out presentation information.This link will need to process a considerable amount of data to realize expectation throughput as above.

Therefore, need a kind of new transfer mechanism improve the main process equipment that data are provided and present the client computer display apparatus of output or the data throughout between element to the end user.

U.S. Patent application 10/020, 520 (is now United States Patent (USP) 6, 760, 772, authorize Zou etc. on July 6th, 2004) and the co-pending U.S. Patent application 10/236 submitted on September 6th, 2003, in 657, the applicant has proposed this new transfer mechanism, these two pieces application titles are " Generating and Implementing A CommunicationProtocol and Interface for High Data Rate Signal Transfer ", these two cases have now transferred assignee of the present invention, here they are incorporated herein by reference.In addition, also has the co-pending U. S. application that on June 2nd, 2004 submits to, sequence number is 10/860,116, title is " Generatingand Implementing a Signal Protocol and Interface for Higher Data Rates ".The technology of discussing in these applications can greatly improve high speed digital signals in the transfer rate of mass data.Yet, improving constantly data rate, the demand that particularly relates to the speed that video presents constantly increases.Even other progress of utilizing the data-signal technical field developing, still need, for further accelerating transfer rate, to improve communication link efficiency, and make communication link more powerful and keep punching.Therefore, still need exploitation to be used for improving the new or improved transfer mechanism of data throughout between main frame and client devices.

Summary of the invention

Pass through embodiments of the invention, existing above-mentioned and other defect in described field will be solved, in an embodiment of the present invention, developed for transmit New Deal and data transmission means, method and the mechanism of data with high data rate between main process equipment and recipient's client devices.

Embodiments of the invention are devoted to a kind of Mobile data digital interface (Mobile DataDigital Interface of numerical data that transmits with two-forty via communication path between main process equipment and client devices, MDDI), it adopts the packet configuration that a plurality of or a series of links are got up to form communication protocol, so that the pre-candidate set of data is controlled and presented to transmitting digital between main frame and client devices.This signal communication protocol or link layer are used by the physical layer of main frame or client link controller, receiver or driver.Reside at least one link controller in main process equipment or driver via communication path or link couples to client devices, and be configured to generate, launch and receive the grouping that forms this communication protocol, and numeral is presented to the packet that data formation is one or more types.Described interface provides the two-way transmission of information between main frame and client computer, and described main frame and client computer can be present in public monolithic case or supporting construction.

Except differential driver and receiver, described implementation is all digitized in itself usually, wherein said driver and receiver are easy to just can on digit complement metal-oxide semiconductor (MOS) (CMOS) chip, realize, they need a few signal, as 6 signals, and almost can be with any data rate work very easily for the system planner.This simple physics and link layer protocol make it easy to integrated, and this simplicity adds that resting state makes this portable system have low-down system power dissipation.

In order to contribute to use and receive, described interface will increase few equipment cost, can when the Application standard cell voltage shows via the power supply of described interface, allow to consume few power, and can make equipment have to pack into the profile factor of pocket.Described interface is upgradeable, in order to support the resolution that HDTV is above, this interface is also supported synchronous three-dimensional video-frequency and 7.1 audio frequency of display apparatus, and any screen area is carried out to renewal with good conditionsi and two-way support numerous types of data.

According to other aspects of embodiments of the invention, at least one client link controller, receiver, equipment or driver are arranged in client devices, and via communication path or link couples to described main process equipment.Described client link controller also is configured to generate, transmits and receive the grouping that forms communication protocol, and numeral is presented to the packet that data formation is one or more types.In general, the signal preparation that main frame or link controller adopt state machine to process to be used in order or some type and the packet in query processing, but it also can carry out with slower general processor manipulation data and for some grouping of complexity so of described communication protocol.Described console controller comprises one or more differential line drivers; And the client computer receiver comprises one or more differential line receivers that are coupled to described communication path.

Described being grouped in the dielectric frame of communicating by letter between main frame and client devices is grouped together, and these dielectric frames have the predefine regular length, and wherein the grouping of predetermined number has different variable-lengths.Described grouping includes block length field, one or more packet data field and cyclic redundancy check field.The subframe header packet is transmitted or is positioned at the beginning from other grouping transmission of host link controller.Described communication protocol is used one or more video flowing type groupings and audio stream type packet, in order to respectively transmit video type data and audio type data via forward link to client computer from main frame, thereby presents to the client devices user.Described communication protocol is used one or more reverse link encapsulated type groupings, in order to data are sent to the host link controller from client devices.In certain embodiments, these transmission comprise data are sent to the interior video screen from the internal controller with at least one MDDI equipment.Other embodiment comprises to inner sound system transmission, and transmits to inner main process equipment from the various input equipments that comprise game paddle and sophisticated keypads.

Generate the filler type packet by described host link controller, in order to occupy the cycle of the forward link transmission that there is no data.Described communication protocol is used a plurality of other groupings, in order to transmit video information.These groupings comprise that color map, blit, bitmap region are filled, bitmap pattern is filled and transparent color is enabled type packet.The stream type grouping of described communication protocol user's definition is in order to transmit interface-user-defined data.Described communication protocol is used keyboard data and the grouping of indicating equipment data type in order to transmit data or send out from these equipment to the user input device be associated with described client devices.Described communication protocol stops the data via described communication path along any one direction by the link-down type packet and transmits.

Generate the grouping of display power rating, with provide when the client computer as display and so on not in use or not when current activation is used the particular display controller hardware be set to structure, the apparatus and method of low power state, in order to make system power dissipation or the consumption on system resource minimize.In one embodiment, the client computer indication utilizes the ability that the position 9 in the client computer feature capabilities identifier field in the client capabilities grouping indicates response display power rating to divide into groups.

The form of an embodiment of display power rating grouping, the type of this grouping is constructed to have: block length, packet type, hClient ID, power rating and CRC (CRC) field.In 2 byte type fields, this packet type is identified as type 75 groupings usually.2 byte hClient id fields are included as information or the value that client computer ID retains.The power rating field is used to specify the information that is used to be set to according to the value particular display of particular pre-selected position specified power rating.The CRC that the crc field of 2 bytes is specified or comprised all bytes in the described grouping that comprises block length.

Described communication path generally includes or adopts the cable with a series of four or more wires and shieldings.In addition, as required, can use printed wire or wire, wherein have some circuits or wire to reside on flexible substrate.

Described host link controller is from client devices request display capabilities information, so that definite described client computer can be supported data and the data rate of what type via described interface.Described client link controller uses at least one display capabilities type packet to show or present ability to the transmission of host link controller.Communication protocol is used a plurality of transfer modes, and each transfer mode all allows the different maximum number data bit of parallel convey in the preset time section, and each pattern all can be selected by the negotiation between main frame and client link controller.These transfer modes can dynamically be adjusted during data transmit, and needn't use on reverse link with the transfer mode used on forward link and use like that identical pattern.

In the other side of certain embodiments of the invention, described main process equipment comprises Wireless Telecom Equipment, such as radio telephone, wireless PDA or have the portable computer that wherein is provided with radio modem.Typical client devices comprises the portable video display, and such as microdisplay device, and/or portable audio presents system.In addition, main frame can use storage module or element to wait to transmit in order to present to presenting or multi-medium data of client devices user to store.

In aspect other of some embodiment, described main process equipment comprises having the following controller or the line control of communication equipment that are present in the driver in portable electric appts, described portable electric appts is such as Wireless Telecom Equipment, such as radio telephone, wireless PDA or portable computer.The typical customers machine equipment of this configuration comprises client computer circuit, integrated circuit or module, it is coupled to main frame and resides in it in same equipment, and be coupled to and present system as mobile phone and/or portable audio, or the interior video display of the input system of some optional types or the high-resolution screen in equipment and so on.

The accompanying drawing explanation

Below the contrast accompanying drawing describes other features and advantages of the present invention in detail, and the structure of various embodiments of the invention and operation.In these accompanying drawings, identical label is general mean identical, similarly element or treatment step on similar and/or structure on function.

Figure 1A shows the Essential Environment that embodiments of the invention can be worked, and comprises the microdisplay device that is combined with portable computer or other data processing equipments or the use of projecting apparatus.

Figure 1B shows the Essential Environment that embodiments of the invention can be worked, and comprises that the microdisplay device that is combined with wireless transceiver or projecting apparatus and audio frequency present the use of element.

Fig. 2 A shows the Essential Environment that embodiments of the invention can be worked, comprise be used in portable computer in internal display or the use of audio frequency display device.

Fig. 2 B illustrates the Essential Environment that the embodiments of the invention of knowing clearly can be worked, and is included in wireless transceiver and uses internal display or audio frequency to present the use of element.

Fig. 3 shows the general plotting of the MDDI with main frame and client computer interconnection.

Fig. 4 shows the packet configuration that the data for realizing from the client devices to the main process equipment transmit.

Fig. 5 shows the use of MDDI link controller, and the signal type transmitted via the physical data wire of Class1 interface between main frame and client computer.

Fig. 6 shows the use of MDDI link controller, and the signal type transmitted via the physical data wire of type 2,3,4 type interfaces between main frame and client computer.

Fig. 7 shows frame for realizing described interface protocol and the structure of subframe.

Fig. 8 shows the universal architecture of the grouping for realizing described interface protocol.

Fig. 9 shows the form of subframe header packet.

Figure 10 shows the format and content of filler grouping.

Figure 11 shows the form of stream of video packets.

Figure 12 A-12E shows the format and content of the video data format descriptor symbol used in Figure 10.

Figure 13 shows the use of packing and the form that do not pack of data.

Figure 14 shows the form of audio stream grouping.

Figure 15 shows the use of the form of the PCM by byte alignment and packing of data.

Figure 16 shows the form of user-defined flow point group.

Figure 17 shows the form of color map grouping.

Figure 18 shows the form of reverse link encapsulating packets.

Figure 19 shows the form of client capabilities grouping.

Figure 20 shows the form of keyboard data grouping.

Figure 21 shows the form of indicating equipment packet.

Figure 22 shows the form of link-down grouping.

Figure 23 shows the form of client requests and status packet.

Figure 24 shows the form of blit grouping.

Figure 25 shows the form that bitmap region is filled grouping.

Figure 26 shows the form that bitmap pattern is filled grouping.

Figure 27 shows the form of communicating link data channel packet.

Figure 28 shows the form of display power rating grouping.

Figure 29 shows the form of carrying out type switching grouping.

Figure 30 shows the form that the forward voice-grade channel is enabled grouping.

Figure 31 shows the form of reverse audio sample rates grouping.

Figure 32 shows the form of digital content protection expense grouping.

Figure 33 shows the form that transparent color is enabled grouping.

Figure 34 shows the form of round trip delay measurements grouping.

Figure 35 shows the sequential of event during round trip delay measurements grouping.

Figure 36 shows for realizing the exemplary implementation of CRC maker of the present invention and checker.

The sequential of CRC signal when Figure 37 A shows Figure 36 shown device transmission packet.

The sequential of CRC signal when Figure 37 B shows Figure 36 shown device reception packet.

Figure 38 shows the treatment step that there is no exemplary service request under race condition.

Figure 39 shows restarts sequence at link and maintains the exemplary service request of (assert) and the treatment step that link startup is at war with after starting.

Figure 40 shows how with DATA-STB, to encode to transmit data sequence.

Figure 41 shows to be used in main frame and generates DATA and STB signal according to the input data, then in client computer, recovers the circuit of data.

Figure 42 shows driver and the terminal resistance that can be used for realizing an embodiment.

Figure 43 A-43C shows by client computer and is used for guaranteeing to obtain from the service of main frame and step and the signal level that is used to provide this service by main frame.

Figure 44 shows the relative spacing between the transition (transition) on Data0, other data wire (DataX) and select lines (Stb).

Figure 45 shows and there will be while after main frame transmits grouping, forbidding host driver, the delay existed in response.

Figure 46 shows when main frame and enables when host driver transmits grouping and there will be, the delay existed in response.

Figure 47 shows the leakage current analysis.

Figure 48 shows main frame and client computer output forbidding and switching characteristic and the relative timing relation of enabling time.

Figure 49 shows and can use state machine to realize synchronous signal treatment step and the senior chart of condition.

Figure 50 shows in adopting the system of MDDI signal on forward path and reverse path and processes the typical delay amount run into.

Figure 51 shows marginal round trip delay measurements.

Figure 52 A shows the variation of reverse link data rate.

Figure 52 B shows an example of advanced reverse data sampling.

Figure 53 has drawn the diagrammatic representation of the value of reverse rate divisor with the forward link data rate variation.

Figure 54 A and 54B show the step of carrying out in interface operation.

Figure 55 shows the overview of the interface arrangement of processing grouping.

Figure 56 shows the form of forward link grouping.

Figure 57 shows the propagation delay in the Class1 LI(link interface) and departs from the representative value of (skew).

Figure 58 shows for the exemplary signal via described interface is processed, the Data on the Class1 link (data), Stb (gating) and Clock (clock) restoration schedule.

The representative value that Figure 59 shows propagation delay in type 2,3 or 4 LI(link interface)s and departs from.

Figure 60 A, 60B and 60C show the different possibilities of relative timing between two data-signals and MDDI_Stb, and they correspond respectively to ideal situation, do sth. in advance situation and postponement situation.

Figure 61 shows the interface pin of Class1/type 2 interface exemplary connector used and distributes.

Figure 62 A and 62B show respectively Class1 and possible MDDI_Data and the MDDI_Stb waveform of type 2 interfaces.

Figure 63 shows and can use state machine to realize synchronous optional signal treatment step and the senior chart of condition.

Figure 64 shows a series of clock cycle and the sequential of various reverse link grouping position and the relative timing between divider value.

The exemplary error code that shows Figure 65 transmits and processes.

Figure 66 shows and can be used for the device that error code transmits processing.

The error code that Figure 67 A shows for the code heavy duty transmits processing.

The error code received for code that shows Figure 67 B transmits and processes.

Figure 68 A shows the treatment step waken up of host-initiated.

Figure 68 B shows the treatment step waken up that client computer starts.

Figure 68 C shows the treatment step waken up with competitive main frame and client computer startup.

Figure 69 shows the form of request virtual control panel (VCP) feature grouping.

Figure 70 shows the form of VCP feature acknowledgment packet.

Figure 71 shows the form of VCP feature answer List.

Figure 72 shows the form that the grouping of VCP feature is set

Figure 73 shows the form of request actual parameter grouping.

Figure 74 shows the form of actual parameter acknowledgment packet.

Figure 75 shows the form of scalable video streams Competency Division.

Figure 76 shows the form that scalable video streams is set up grouping.

Figure 77 shows the form that scalable video streams is confirmed grouping.

Figure 78 shows the form of scalable video streams grouping.

Figure 79 shows the form of request particular state grouping.

Figure 80 shows the form of effective status answer List grouping.

Figure 81 shows the form of individual display capabilities grouping.

Figure 82 shows the element in the list of field curvature point.

Figure 83 shows the form of client computer error reporting grouping.

Figure 84 shows the form of error reporting list items.

Figure 85 shows the form of client identifying grouping.

Figure 86 shows the form of selectable display Competency Division.

Figure 87 shows the form of register access grouping.

Figure 88 A-88C shows by two display buffer and reduces visible artefacts (visible artifacts).

Figure 89 shows and shows two buffers that refresh faster than the image transmission.

Figure 90 shows demonstration and refreshes two buffers that are slower than the image transmission.

Figure 91 shows and shows to refresh than image and transmit two faster buffers.

Figure 92 shows and shows three buffers that refresh faster than the image transmission.

Figure 93 shows demonstration and refreshes three buffers that are slower than the image transmission.

Figure 94 shows and shows the buffer refreshed faster than the image transmission.

Main frame-client computer that Figure 95 shows via daisy chain (daisy-chain) and hub is connected.

Figure 96 shows the client devices be connected via hub and daisy chain.

Figure 97 shows color map.

Embodiment

I. general introduction

General purpose of the present invention is to provide a kind of MDDI, as described below, it can access or provide the transfer mechanism with the high and low power consumption of cost performance, this transfer mechanism is used data link or the passage of " serial " type, can at main process equipment with on as the close range communication links between this client devices of display device, realize at a high speed or the transmission of data very at a high speed.This mechanism is suitable for utilizing miniature connector and soft cable to realize, these miniature connectors and soft cable are particularly suitable for inner (in shell or support) display or output element or equipment or input equipment are connected to central controller, communication device or equipment.In addition, when vision, the sense of hearing, the tactile data display device of the external display element as wearable miniscope (goggles or projecting apparatus) and so on or equipment or other types are connected to portable computer, Wireless Telecom Equipment or amusement equipment, this connection mechanism is very useful.

Although term moves and demonstration is associated with the name of described agreement, should be appreciated that, this is only for the ease of allowing the technical staff of research interface and agreement in this area easily understand the title of standard.It will relate to the various application of VESA's (VESA) standard and this standard.Yet, after the embodiment provided below reading, what be readily appreciated that is, many and non-moving property and non-display relevant application also can have benefited from applying this agreement, resulting interface structure or transfer mechanism, and MDDI mark do not mean that the present invention or its various embodiment are applied to any restriction.

An advantage of embodiments of the invention is to provide a kind of technology for data transmit, and its complexity is low, cost is low, reliability is high, is very suitable for environment for use, and highly stable, has kept very high flexibility simultaneously.

Can be by embodiments of the invention for various situations, so that the mass data that is generally used for audio frequency, video or multimedia application from generating, control (as, be sent to particular device) or process or store the main frame of this data or source device with the two-forty transmission or be sent to client computer or receiving equipment, as video display or projection element, audio tweeter or other display devices.Typical case's application discussed below is that the data from portable computer, radio telephone or modulator-demodulator to visual display unit equipment transmit, wherein visual display unit equipment is for example miniature video screen or wearable miniscope articles for use (micro-displayappliance), such as the goggles form or comprise lenses for compact projection and the helmet form of screen, or the data from main frame to client devices transmit in this parts.That is to say, from the processor to the inner screen or other present element, and from various inner input equipments or the external input device that adopts client computer to built-in (putting together in same device housings or supporting construction) main frame, or be connected to there by cable or wire.

The characteristic of MDDI or attribute do not rely on concrete demonstration or present technology.The no matter internal structure of data, or the function aspects of the order of data or its execution how, and MDDI is for transmit the high flexibility mechanism of data with two-forty.It allows to regulate the sequential of the grouping transmitted to adapt to the characteristic of particular client device, for example the uniqueness for some equipment shows demand characteristics, perhaps for meeting the characteristic of requirement of some audiovisual (A-V) system in combination Voice & Video, or for the characteristic of some input equipment as game paddle, touch dish etc.What this interface did not need understanding to adopt is what display device or client devices, as long as they follow selected agreement.In addition, total serial link data or data rate can change on several orders of magnitude, and this just makes the designer of communication system or main process equipment to be optimized the complexity of cost, power requirement, client devices and the renewal rate of client devices.

This data-interface is mainly used in transmitting a large amount of high data rates via " wired " signal link or mini-cable.Yet, some application also can utilize wireless link, comprise the link based on light, as long as these link configuration are become to use same packets and the data structure for this interface protocol exploitation, and can realize desired transmission level with enough low power consumption or complexity, in order to keep practicality.

II. environment

Can see typical application in Figure 1A and 1B, wherein show respectively with display apparatus 104 and 106 and audio reproducing system 108 and 112 transmit portable or laptop computer 100 and radio telephone or the PDA equipment 102 of data.In addition, Figure 1A shows with larger display or screen 114 or the potential of image projector 116 and is connected, and for clear, only shown in a figure, but it also can be connected with wireless device 102.Wireless device is likely receiving at present data or in memory element or equipment, is storing in advance a certain amount of multimedia type data, in order to wait a moment the end user who presents to wireless device, watches and/or listens attentively to.Because most of time carries out communicating by letter of voice and plain text with typical wireless device, so it has quite little display screen and simple audio system (loud speaker) is carried out the user's transmission of information to equipment 102.

Computer 100 has very large screen, but also lacks the external speakers system, and does not still reach the level of other multimedia display device such as high definition TV or motion picture screen.Using computer 100 is for purposes of illustration, and the present invention also can use processor, interactive video games or the consumer-elcetronics devices of other type.Computer 100 can adopt radio modem or other embedded equipment to carry out radio communication, or uses as required cable or wireless link to be connected with this equipment, but is not limited to this.

Do like this and be not enough to make the presenting of data of more complicated or " enriching " to provide use or pleasant experience.Therefore, the sector is being developed other mechanism and equipment to end user's presentation information and is being provided desired enjoyment or the floor level of positive experience.

As before described, the display apparatus of having developed or developed at present several types carrys out the end user's presentation information to equipment 100.For example, one or more companies have developed many groups of wearable goggles, for the eyes front projection image the equipment user in order to present visual display.In the time of correct location, this equipment is " projection " virtual image effectively, just as eyes of user feel, the element that this image ratio provides vision to export is much bigger.That is to say, the image that the image ratio that very little projection element makes user's eyes " see " utilizes exemplary lcd (LCD) screen etc. to see is much bigger.Use larger virtual screen image can also use far above utilize more limited lcd screen display the image of obtainable resolution.Other display apparatus can be including, but not limited to small LCD screen or various flat-panel monitor element, for image being incident upon to lip-deep projecting lens and display driver etc.

Also have the add ons be connected to wireless device 102 or computer 100 or be associated with their use, to other user or present output to miscellaneous equipment, wherein said miscellaneous equipment also is sent to other place or storage assembly to signal.For example, can data storing in flash memory, with optical form, for example use and can write the CD medium, store or be stored in such as on the magnetizing mediums of magnetic tape recorder or in similar devices, for later.

In addition, many wireless devices and computer have built-in MP3 music decoding capability at present, and other advanced voice decoder and system.Usually, portable computer utilizes CD and DVD ability to play, and has some also to have small, dedicated flash memory reader to receive pre-recorded audio file.Problem with this ability is: digital music file makes a promise to provide the characteristic enriching experiences highly increased, but only have the decoding of working as and playback process can catch up with Shi Caike, realizes.This is also the same for digital video file.

In order to help audio reproduction, external loudspeaker 114 has been shown in Figure 1A, it also is accompanied with such as super woofer or for the add ons " surround sound " loud speaker of front and back sound projection.Simultaneously, the form that loud speaker or earphone 108 is depicted as to the mechanism of the microdisplay device 106 that embeds support or Figure 1B illustrates.As everyone knows, can also use other audio frequency or the audio reproduction element that comprises power amplification or sound former.

Under any circumstance, as mentioned above, when people wish to transmit high-quality or high resolution image data and high quality audio information or data-signal from data source to the end user via one or more communication links 110, require high data rate.That is to say, transmitting link 110 is obviously bottleneck potential in data communication process, as previous discussion, and because current transfer mechanism can't be realized the high data rate of usually expecting, so limited systematic function.As mentioned above, for example for 1024 * 1024 pixels than color density and the data rate in 30fps of 24～32 of high image resolution, every pixel, data rate can approach over the speed of 755Mbps or higher.In addition, this image can be used as the part that multimedia presents and presents, this multimedia presents and comprises voice data and the potential additional signal of processing interactive entertainment or communication or various command, control or signal, and this has further increased data volume and data rate.

Also it is evident that, set up the required cable of data link or interconnection is fewer, mean that the mobile device be associated with display more is easy to use, and possible be adopted by more user.In the situation that usually with a plurality of equipment, set up audio-video completely, experience, particularly like this, and more outstanding along with the raising of display and audio output apparatus quality level.

Other the typical application that relates to above-mentioned and other improvement of video screen and other output or input equipment aspect can see from Fig. 1 C and 1D, wherein show respectively with " inside " display apparatus 134 and 144 and audio reproducing system 136 and 146 transmit portable or laptop computer 130 and radio telephone or the PDA equipment 140 of data.

In Fig. 2 A and 2B, one or more internal hosts in the part of equipment and the position of controller are shown by the little incision (cut-away) of whole electronic equipment or product part, the turning joint of some known type used at present by whole electron trade, all purpose communication link (being respectively 138 and 148 herein) is connected to video display element or the screen with respective client to these internal hosts and controller.People can find out, these transmit related data volume and require a large amount of wires to form link 138 and 148.Because the type of parallel interface or other known interface technology can be used for transmitting this data, therefore according to estimates, this communication link has close to 90 or more wire, in order to meet now the ever-increasing needs of colour to utilizing the advanced person on this equipment and graphic interface, display device.

But this more high data rate has exceeded current for transmitting the available prior art of data.With regard to the original data volume that need to transmit with regard to time per unit, and, with regard to manufacturing reliably cheaply practical transfer mechanism, be all like this.

Needed is that a kind of like this being used for transmitted technology, structure, device or the method that transmits data on link or communication path with two-forty presenting data between element and data source, thereby realizes consistent low-power consumption, the lightweight and simple and economical as far as possible construction of cable.The applicant has developed a kind of new technology, method and apparatus is realized these and other objects, in order to make the equipment of a series of movable types, portable and even fixed position transmit data to desired display, miniscope or audio frequency conveying element with very high data rate, maintain desired low-power consumption and low-complexity simultaneously.

III. two-forty digital data interface system architecture

In order to create and utilize efficiently new equipment interface, signaling protocol and system architecture that very high data transfer rate is provided with low-power signal have been prepared.Described agreement group-based and common frame structure or link are got up in order to form the structure of agreement, with for transmitting preliminary election data set or data type and being applied to order or the operating structure on interface.

A. general introduction

Equipment via MDDI link connection or communication is called to main frame and client computer, and described client computer is the display apparatus of some type normally, but also can consider other output and input equipment.When being enabled by main frame, the data from the main frame to the display transmit (being called forward business or link) along forward, and the data from the client computer to the main frame are along oppositely transmitting (being called reverse traffic or link).In basic structure shown in Figure 3, these are described.In Fig. 3, main frame 202 uses bi-directional communication channels 206 to be connected with client computer 204, and described bi-directional communication channels is according to shown in the form that comprises forward link 208 and reverse link 210.Yet these passages are gathered and formed by the common wire, wherein the data of these common wire's set transmit and can effectively switch between forward and reverse link operations.Can greatly reduce number of conductors like this, solve immediately one of many problems that the current method of carrying out high-speed data transfer under the low-power consumption environment such as mobile electronic equipment faces.

As other local discussion, described main frame comprises can have benefited from using one of polytype equipment of the present invention.For example, main frame 202 can be the portable computer with form of hand-held, on knee or similar mobile computing device, and it can be also PDA, paging equipment or one of multiple radio telephone or modulator-demodulator.As selection, main frame 202 can be portable entertainment or display device, as portable DVD player or CD Player, or game station.

In addition, described main frame can be used as main process equipment or control element and is present in the various commercial products that other is widely used or plans, needs to set up high speed communications link between these products and client computer.For example, main frame can be used for transmitting from video recording apparatus to the client computer based on storage with two-forty data to improve response, or transmits data in order to present to high-resolution large-screen.The household electrical appliances that are combined with mobile unit (onboard inventory) or computing system and/or are connected with the bluetooth of other household equipment, as refrigerator, while working under the pattern in the Internet or bluetooth connection, there is the display capabilities of having improved, perhaps electronic computer or control system (main frame) be present in indoor other local in, reduced the line needs of indoor display (client computer) and keypad or scanner (client computer).Generally speaking, those skilled in the art will appreciate that, various modern electronic equipments and household electrical appliances will have benefited from using this interface, and by utilization, newly increase or existing connector or cable in can with the wire of limited quantity realize that the more high data rate transfer of information can renovate legacy device.

Simultaneously, client computer 204 can comprise for to end user's presentation information or the various device from the user to the main frame presentation information.For example, be incorporated to goggles or glasses miniscope, embed cap or the helmet projector equipment, embed such as the window of vehicle or the small screen in windshield and even holographic element or for presenting various loud speakers, headphone or the sound system of high quality sound or music.Other display devices comprise projecting apparatus or the projector equipment for presenting conferencing information or film and television image.Another example is to use touch pad or sensitive equipment, speech recognition input equipment, security sweep instrument, and other can be called to transmit bulk information from equipment or system user, wherein this equipment or system user have not-so-practical " input " except touch and sound from the user.In addition, the docking station of computer and vehicle body fittings or desktop computer accessory (docking station) and wireless telephonic holder also can be used as the interface equipment for end user or other equipment and device, and can utilize client computer (as output or the input equipment of mouse) or main frame to help transmit data, particularly in the situation that relate to express network.

Yet those skilled in the art can be easy to recognize, the present invention is not limited to these equipment, on market, also have many miscellaneous equipments for, these equipment or the mode to store and to transmit, or the mode presented when playing, provide high quality graphic and sound to the end user.The present invention improves aspect data throughout very useful between various elements or equipment, thereby can adapt to for realizing that desired user experiences required high data rate.

MDD interface of the present invention and signal of communication agreement can be used for to host-processor, controller or the circuit unit (for example) of (internal schema) and interconnected (being called internal schema) between the display in equipment or device housings or structure in simplified apparatus, with the cost or complexity and the related power that reduce these connections with control requires or the constraints of these connections, and the raising reliability, and not only be connected to or for outer member, equipment or device (external schema).

Each signal that interface structure is used thus can change upper total serial link data rate on a plurality of orders of magnitude, and this point allows the system or equipment designer to be easy to complexity and the display renewal rate of cost, power, implementation are optimized.The attribute of MDDI does not rely on the technology of display or other display devices (Destination client).Can easily regulate the sequential of the packet transmitted via interface, to adapt to the characteristic of specific client, this client computer is as display apparatus, sound system, memory and control element, or the characteristic of the combination sequential requirement of adaptation audio-video system.Do although it is so and allow the as far as possible little power of system consumption, but it and do not require that each client computer has frame buffer in order at least in certain rank, use the MDDI agreement.

B. interface type

Described MDD interface is contemplated to be can process more or less different at least four or the physical type of more interface that can find in communication and computer industry.By the interface simple marking of these types, be Class1, type 2, type 3 types 4, certainly those skilled in the art also can according to for concrete application or associated industry apply other mark or title.For example, simple audio system is used and is less than the connection of complicated multimedia system, and can differently quote characteristic as " passage " etc.

Described Class1 interface is configured to the interface of 6 lines (6-wire) or other types wire or transport element, this interface makes it be applicable to movable type or radio telephone, PDA, electronic game and such as the portable electronic device of CD Player or MP3 player, and similar devices or at technical the used equipment of the E-consumer of similar type.In one embodiment, an interface that is configured to 8 lines (wire) interface can be more applicable for laptop computer, notebook or desktop PC and similar devices or application, these equipment do not require Data Update fast, there is no embedded MDDI link controller yet.This interface type can also be distinguished this interface type by using extra two-wire USB (USB) interface, and USB wherein is highly suitable for being supported in existing operating system or software support common on most of personal computers.

Type 2, type 3 and type 4 interfaces are applicable to high-performance client computer or equipment, and use the larger complicated cable with extra twisted-pair feeder type wire to transmit for data-signal provides adequate shielding and low-loss.

The transmission of Class1 interface comprises the signal of demonstration, audio frequency, control and limited signaling information, and is generally used for portable client computer or does not require the client devices of high-resolution full rate video data.In the situation that additional 5.1 channel audios of 30fps, the Class1 interface can easily be supported SVGA (SVGA) resolution, and in minimal configuration, amounts to and only uses three lines pair, and two pairs for transfer of data, a pair ofly for power, transmits.Such interface is mainly used in the equipment as mobile wireless device, in this equipment, does not usually have the usb host end to be connected and transmits signal.In this configuration, described mobile wireless device is the MDDI main process equipment, and serve as for controlling " main control device " from the communication link of described main frame, wherein said main frame sends data (forward business or link) with for presenting, show or playing to client computer usually.

In this interface, by send special order or packet type to client computer, main frame can receive the communication data (reverse traffic or link) from client computer at this main frame place, thereby allow client computer to occupy bus (link) in the duration of appointment section, and data are sent to main frame as reverse packet.These contents are shown in Figure 4, and the packet type (will be discussed below) that wherein is called encapsulating packets is used for supporting that the reverse packet on this transmission link transmits, to create described reverse link.Distribute to main frame and be used for time interval of data of poll client computer and pre-determined by main frame, and this time interval is based on the requirement that each specifies application.When not having USB port to be used for to send from the information of client computer or data, it is useful especially that such half-duplex bidirectional data transmit.

Can support the data flow of HDTV type or similar high-resolution Performance Monitor requirement 1.5Gbps left and right speed to support full-motion video.Described type 2 interfaces are supported high data rate by 2 of parallel transmissions, and described type 3 is supported by 4 of parallel transmissions, and type 4 interface concurrents transmit 8.Type 2 and type 3 used cable and the connector identical with Class1, but can be operated on the data rate of twice and four times so that the more high performance Video Applications on the support portable set.Type 4 interfaces are applicable to client computer or the display of very high performance, and need to comprise the slightly large cable of additional twisted pair data signal.

Usually, the agreed peak data rate that can use through consultation, any one in each in the agreement permission Class1,2 of MDDI use, 3 and 4 main frame and Class1,2,3 and 4 client computer communicates.Can be called the ability of minimum ability equipment or the performance that available feature is used to arrange link.Usually, even main frame and client computer can be all the systems of type of service 2, type 3 or type 4 interfaces, the two is also all started working with the Class1 interface.Then, main frame is determined the ability of Destination client, and consults the agreed pattern operated in type 2, type 3 or type 4 that is switched to or reconfigures, as long as it is suitable for specific application.

For main frame, usually can use correct link layer protocol (hereinafter further discuss) and usually descend step by step at any time or again reconfigure operation to slow speed mode in order to save power consumption, or rising to step by step than fast mode and support to transmit as the more speed of high-resolution displaying contents.For example, when system from the electrical source exchange as battery when exchanging power supply, perhaps when the display media source is switched to lower or higher resolution format, main frame can change interface type, or the combination of these or other condition or event can be thought to change the basis of interface type or transfer mode.

System can also be transmitted data by another pattern by a kind of pattern in one direction on another direction.For example, can be by type 4 interface modes for two-forty, transmitting data to display, from as keyboard or this ancillary equipment of indicating equipment type of service 1 pattern during to main process equipment transmission data.Those of ordinary skills can understand, main frame and client computer can be with different rates transmission output data.

The user of MDDI agreement usually can make a distinction " outside " pattern and " inside " pattern.External schema is described be utilize this agreement and interface the main frame in an equipment be connected to this device external and apart from the client computer of the maximum 2 meters left and right of this equipment.In this case, main frame can also be to the external client power transmission, in order to make two equipment all be easy to work under mobile environment.What internal schema was described is that main frame is connected with the client computer that same device interior comprises, for example, in public shell or support or certain structure.An example can be in radio telephone or other wireless device or the application in portable computer or game station, wherein client computer is display or display driver, or as the input equipment of keyboard or touch pad, or sound system, and main frame is central controller, graphics engine or CPU element.Contrary with the external schema application, because client computer in the internal schema application is positioned at the place of very close main frame, so usually do not require power supply is connected to client computer in this structure.

C. physical interface structure

In Fig. 5 and 6, illustrated for set up the equipment of communication or a general configuration of link controller between main frame and client devices.In Fig. 5 and 6, shown MDDI link controller 402 and 502 is arranged in main process equipment 202, and shown MDDI link controller 404 and 504 is arranged in client devices 204.As previously mentioned, main frame 202 uses and comprises that the bi-directional communication channels 406 of a series of wires is connected with client computer 204.As described below, main frame and client link controller both can use single circuit to design and produce as integrated circuit, and described design can be set up, regulates or programme to using and be responded as console controller (driver) or client computer controller (receiver).Because needs are manufactured single circuit arrangement more on a large scale, the cost of doing like this is lower.

In Fig. 6, shown MDDI link controller 502 is arranged in main process equipment 202 ', and shown MDDI link controller 504 is arranged in client devices 204 '.As previously mentioned, the bi-directional communication channels 506 that main frame 202 ' use comprises a series of wires and client computer 204 ' be connected.As mentioned above, main frame and client link controller both can be manufactured by single circuit design.

The signal that also illustrates at main frame in Fig. 5 and 6 and transmit via MDDI link or the physical conductors used between as the client computer of display apparatus and so on.As illustrated in Figures 5 and 6, for the predominating path that transmits data via MDDI or machine-processed usage flag be MDDI_Data0+/-and MDDI_Stb+/-data-signal.Each of these signals is the low pressure data signal transmitted via the difference wire pair in cable.For by described interface, send each, MDDI_Data0 to or MDDI_Stb have a transition to upper.This is based on voltage but not transfer mechanism based on electric current, so quiescent current consumption approaches zero.Main frame arrives the client computer display to the MDDI_Stb signal driver.

When data can that is to say when it is two-way transfer path via MDDI_Data when flowing along both forward and reverse directions, main frame is main control device or the controller of data link.Described MDDI_Data0 and MDDI_Stb signal path are according to difference modes work, in order to make interference rejection ability the strongest.On these circuits, the data rate of signal is that the clock rate sent by main frame is determined, and can be at 1kbps until change in 400Mbps or larger scope.

Except the data of Class1 interface to or path, type 2 interfaces also comprise an additional data to or wire or path, be called MDDI_Data1+/-.Except those data of type 2 interfaces to or path, type 3 interfaces comprise two additional datas to or signal path, be called MDDI_Data2+/-and MDDI_Data3+/-.Except the data of type 3 interfaces to or path, type 4 interfaces comprise other four data to or signal path, be called: MDDI_Data4+/-, MDDI_Data5+/-, MDDI_Data6+/-and MDDI_Data7+/-.In each of above-mentioned interface configuration, main frame can use line to or direction of signal client computer or the display of being appointed as HOST_Pwr (host power supply) and HOST_Gnd (main frame ground) electric power is provided.As hereinafter will further discussed, if necessary, when the wire of the interface used " type " employing is less than available in other patterns or wire that exist, MDDI_Data4+ in some configuration/-, MDDI_Data5+/-, MDDI_Data6+/-or MDDI_Data7+/-wire, also can be for carrying out the electric power transmission.Although some application there are differences, the electric power transmission is generally external schema and uses, and internal schema does not need electric power to transmit usually.

Below, the summary of the signal transmitted between main frame and client computer (display) via the MDDI link, according to interface type, has been described under various patterns in Table I.

Table I

Should also be noted that HOST_Pwr/Gnd for transmitting from main frame connects normally provides for external schema.Internal application or operator scheme allow client computer directly from other internal resource, connect power supply usually, and with MDDI, do not control power distribution, as apparent for those of ordinary skills, therefore this distribution is not described herein in further detail.Yet as those of ordinary skill in the art will appreciate, for example certain power supply is controlled, synchronous or interconnection to facilitate certainly can to carry out power distribution via the MDDI interface.

The length that the cable nominal magnitude that is generally used for realizing said structure and operation is about 1.5 meters, be generally 2 meters or shorter, and comprise three pairs of twisted paired conductors, and each wire or multi cord, be rated at 32 U.S.'s cable specification (AWG) between 28AWG.But it should be understood by one skilled in the art that cable dimensions is not limited to this scope, in order to obtain maximum total end-to-end resistance, maximum every base capacity, impedance and the cross-talk of every pair, should meet electrical code and constraints.

Paper tinsel shielding covering is wrapped up or is formed on all (being three here) group twisted-pair feeder and drain wire (drain wire), as other drain wire.Described twisted-pair feeder and shielding row disturb wire and stop in Display connector, and screen is connected with the screen of client computer, also has an insulating barrier, covers whole cable, and these are all known as affiliated technical field.Described electric wire matches in the following manner: Host_Gnd and Host_Pwr; MDDI_Stb+ and MDDI_Stb-; MDDI_Data0+ and MDDI_Data0-; MDDI_Data1+ and MDDI_Data1-; Etc..Yet, as known in the art, can, according to specific application, with various wires and cable, realize embodiments of the invention.For example, in some applications, heavy outer cover or metal level can be used for protecting cable, and thin, flat conduction band-type of configuration may be very suitable for other application.

D. data type and speed

In order to realize the useful interface of experiencing and applying for the user, MDDI supports various client computer and demonstration information, audio converter, keyboard, indicating equipment and can be integrated into mobile communication, calculating or display device or multiple other input-output apparatus of collaborative work with it, and control information and their combination.Described MDD interface is designed to adapt to the data flow of various potential types, and these data flow are used cable or the wire of minimal amount to transmit between main frame and client computer along forward or reverse link direction.Synchronous stream and asynchronous flow (renewal) are all supported.As long as aggregate data rate is less than or equal to maximum expectation MDDI link rate, the combination of many data types is all possible.The data logarithm purpose restriction that this MDDI link rate is subject to largest serial speed and adopts.These data rates can be including, but not limited to listing in following Table II and III those.

Table II

Table III

In order to meet the requirement on flexibility of system in future, described interface is not fixed, but extendible, so it can support to comprise the transmission of the various information " type " of user-defined data.The instantiation of the data of supporting is: full-motion video, the video with form or compressed video form of full screen or part of screen bitmap field; In low rate in order to save the static bitmap that power and reduction realize cost; PCM or audio compressed data with multiple resolution or speed; Indicating equipment location and selecting, and for user's definable data of ability to be defined.This data can also transmit with control or state information, so that checkout equipment ability or setting operation parameter.

Embodiments of the invention have provided the technology transmitted for data, described technology including, but not limited to: watch film (video shows and audio frequency); Use has the personal computer that limited individual watches (figure show, sometimes in conjunction with Audio and Video); Playing video game on PC, control desk or personal device (moving picture shows or synthetic Audio and Video); Use visual telephone, the static number image camera, or for the equipment of the camcorder apparatus form of taking digital video image in internet " surfing " (two-way low rate video and audio frequency); The phone of projecting apparatus is arranged or PDA presents or be connected with the desk-top docking station expansion that is connected to video-frequency monitor, keyboard and mouse with expansion; And use cell phone, smart phone or PDA, and comprise wireless indicating equipment and keyboard data, strengthen productivity or for amusement.

High speed interface as described below is to provide the form of a large amount of A-V categorical datas to provide via communication or transmission link, and described communication or transmission link are configured to electrical wiring or type of cable link usually.Yet, apparent, can the conditioning signal structure, agreement, sequential or transfer mechanism be in order to provide optics or the link of wireless medium form, as long as this link can keep needed data transmission level.

The MDDI signal is used for baseband signal agreement or structure to the concept of common frame speed by name (CFR).Support to use the thought of common frame speed to be to provide lock-out pulse by take for the clock that drives a plurality of streams or frame speed regularly send the subframe header packet as synchronous data flow simultaneously.Client devices can be used this common frame speed as time reference.The expense that is used for transmitting the subframe header by minimizing, low CFR has improved channel efficiency.On the other hand, high CFR can reduce the stand-by period, and allows the data buffer that elasticity is less for audio sample.The CFR of interface of the present invention is capable of dynamic programming, and can be set to one of a plurality of values of a plurality of synchronous streams of being suitable for using in special applications.That is to say, as required, select described CF value to adapt to best given client computer and main machine structure.

The byte number that each subframe of the synchronous data flow for example, probably used in the application of video or miniscope and so on needs usually has been shown in Table IV, and this number is adjustable or programmable.

Table IV

Video	640	480	12	29.97 or 30	1	221.184	92160
								The CD audio frequency	1	1	16	44100	2	1.4112	588
Voice	1	1	8	8000	1	0.064	26-2/3

Use simple M/N counter structure able to programme can calculate at an easy rate the mark byte of every subframe.For example, by transmitting the subframe of 2 27 bytes, the subframe of 26 bytes is followed in each back, thereby can realize the counting to every subframe 26-2/3 byte.Can select less CF speed to produce the integer byte of each subframe.Yet, in general, with the zone that larger audio sample fifo buffer is required, compare, at the integrated circuit (IC) chip for realizing part of the present invention or all embodiment or electronic module, realize that with hardware the zone of simple M/N counter needs is less.

The exemplary application that the impact of different pieces of information transfer rate and data type is described is karaoke OK system.For karaoke OK system, end user or a plurality of end user sing together with the music video program.The lyrics of song are presented to the somewhere of screen, usually in bottom of screen, therefore, the user knows the word that will sing, and roughly knows the arrangement of time of song.This application needs the video that does not often carry out the figure renewal to show, and one or more user speech is mixed with stereo audio stream.

If the common frame speed adopted is 300Hz, each subframe will comprise so: via forward link to 92 of client computer, the audio content of the video content of 160 bytes and 588 bytes (in stereo based on 14716-position sampling), and send back to from microphone the voice that the mean value of portable karaoke machine is 26.67 (26-2/3) byte.Send asynchronous packet between main frame and client computer (being likely the head-type display).This comprises bottom 1/4th screen heights of being upgraded with 1/30 the interval of a second or time cycle by lyrics text, and when the lyrics other various control and status commands of sending in subframe when upgrading.

Table V shows for the Karaoke example, distribute data how in subframe.Total speed of using is chosen as to about 279Mbps.The speed of a little higher than 280Mbps allows to transmit the approximately data of another 400 bytes of every subframe, so just allows to utilize control and the state information occurred once in a while.

Table V

III. two-forty digital data interface system architecture (continuing)

E. link layer

The data of using MDD interface high-speed serial data signal to transmit comprise time-multiplexed stream of packets, wherein these groupings link one by one.Even the data that transmission equipment will not send, the MDDI link controller also automatically sends the filler grouping usually, maintains thus stream of packets.Therefore, the use of simple packet structure can be guaranteed video and audio signal or the reliable synchronous sequence of data flow.

The multicomponent group is included in the signal element (signal element) or structure that is called subframe, and the subframe group is included in the signal element or structure that is called dielectric frame.According to subframe, size separately and data transmit purposes, and subframe comprises one or more groupings, and dielectric frame comprises one or more subframes.The maximum subframe that the agreement that embodiment given here adopts provides is approximately 2 ³²-1 or 4,294, the magnitude of 967,295 bytes, and the size of maximum dielectric frame is approximately 2 ¹⁶the magnitude of-1 or 65,535 subframe.

A special subframe header packet comprises unique identifier, and this identifier occurs when each subframe starts, as below discussing.When the communication between startup main frame and client computer, this identifier is also for obtaining the frame sequential at client devices place.Below than the acquisition that the link sequential is discussed in more detail.

Usually, while showing full-motion video, each dielectric frame upgrades a display screen.Frame rate of display is identical with dielectric frame speed.According to needed application, link protocol is supported the full-motion video on whole display, or only support by still image around a zonule of full-motion video content.In some low power mobile formula application, such as watching webpage or Email, need only upgrade occasionally display screen.In these cases, transmit single subframe, it is very useful then closing link or cancel link in order to make the power consumption minimum.Described interface is also supported the effect such as stereoscopic vision, and the processing graphics pel.

Subframe makes system can periodically transmit high priority packet.Do like this and make simultaneous synchronous stream to coexist with the data buffer storage of minimum.This is to provide the useful embodiment to procedure for displaying, and it allows a plurality of data flow (high-speed communications of video, voice, control, state, indicating equipment data etc.) basically to share shared pathway.This interface is used the signal of relative minority to transmit information.This interface also allows to exist specific to the Display Technique action, and such as the horizontal synchronization pulse for the CRT monitor and blanking interval (blanking intervals), or other are specific to the action of client computer-technology.

F. link controller

MDDI link controller shown in Fig. 5 and 6 will be manufactured or assemble according to the fully digitalization implementation, wherein not comprise for receiving the differential line receiver of MDDI data and gating signal.Yet for example, when making CMOS type IC, differential line driver even can be realized with receiver together with link controller in same digital integrated circuit.Do not need analog functuion or phase-locked loop (PLL) to carry out bit recovery or realize the hardware of link controller.Except the client interface comprised for the state machine of link synchronization, main frame and client link controller comprise very similarly function.Therefore, embodiments of the invention allow to create single controller design or circuit, and it can be configured to main frame or client computer, and this is conducive to practical application, and generally speaking, does like this manufacturing cost that can reduce link controller.

IV. interface link agreement

A. frame structure

In Fig. 7, illustrated for realizing signaling protocol or the frame structure of the forward link communication that grouping transmits.As shown in Figure 7, information or numerical data are combined as to the element (element) that is known as grouping.Then, a plurality of groupings are grouped together again to form what is called " subframe ", and a plurality of subframe is grouped together again to form " medium " frame.For the formation of control frame and the transmission of subframe, each subframe is from special predetermined grouping, and this grouping is called subframe header packet (SHP).

Described main process equipment is selected will be for the data rate of given transmission.The data that main process equipment can Host Based maximum transfer capability, obtained from information source by main frame, and the maximum capacity of client computer or this data miscellaneous equipment that will be sent to, and dynamically change this speed.

Be designed to or can be inquired about by main frame with recipient's client devices of MDDI or signaling protocol collaborative work of the present invention, in order to determine the data transfer rate of the operable maximum of this client computer or current maximum, or the slower minimum-rate of operable acquiescence and available data type and the feature of supporting.This information can be used display capabilities grouping (CCP) to transmit, as hereinafter will further discussed.Described client computer display apparatus can be used described interface transmit data with the preliminary election minimum data rate or in the minimum data rate scope or communicate by letter with miscellaneous equipment, and described main frame will use the data rate in this scope to carry out inquiry in order to determine whole abilities of client devices.

Can in status packet, to main frame, transmit other state information of the video frame rate ability of definition attribute bitmap and client computer, therefore main frame can or need according to the actual conditions in any system constraint scope, as far as possible efficiently or optimally configures described interface.

When the grouping that do not have (more) to transmit in this subframe, or, when main frame can't be transmitted with the speed that is enough to catch up with (keep pace with) forward link selected data transmission rate, described main frame sends the filler grouping.Due to each subframe from the subframe header packet, so the end of last subframe comprises the grouping of just in time filling last subframe (being likely the filler grouping).In the situation that the grouping of carrying data itself lacks space, the filler grouping is likely grouping last in subframe, or in the ending of previous (next previous) subframe be close to and before the subframe header packet.In main process equipment, the task of control operation be exactly guarantee in this subframe waiting for transmission each be grouped in subframe and remain with enough spaces.Simultaneously, once main process equipment starts to send packet, main frame just must successfully make this big or small packet integrity in frame, and can not cause data underload (under-run) situation.

In aspect of embodiment, the subframe transmission has two kinds of patterns.A kind of pattern is periodic subframe pattern, or unit (periodic timing epochs) periodically the time, for transmitting livingwage Audio and Video stream.In this pattern, it is non-zero that subframe lengths is defined as.The second pattern is asynchronous or the aperiodicity pattern, wherein, when new information is arranged, just with frame, data bitmap is offered to client computer.This pattern is set to zero by subframe lengths in the subframe header packet and defines.During the life cycle sexual norm, when client computer is synchronizeed with the forward link frame structure, can start the subframe grouping and receive.This is corresponding to the state of " in synchronous (in sync) " of the state diagram definition according to hereinafter just Figure 49 or Figure 63 discuss.In asynchronous aperiodicity subframe pattern, after receiving the first subframe header packet, start to receive.

B. overall packet configuration

The following describes packet format or the structure of the ways and means for regulation communication or signaling protocol or transmission data of being realized by described embodiment, should remember, described interface is extendible, can add the additional packet structure as required.Described grouping is function in interface with regard to it, i.e. their transmit or associated order, information, numerical value or data are marked as or are divided into different " packet type ".Therefore, for the given grouping of the grouping be transmitted for manipulation and data, each packet type means a predefined packet configuration.Obviously, described grouping can have preselected length, or has the length of variable or dynamically changeable according to function separately.Described grouping can also have different titles, although realize remain identical function, as situation about occurring when during agreement is received to the process of going in standard, agreement changes.Byte or byte value for various groupings are configured to multidigit (8 or 16) signless integer.The grouping summary adopted and their " type " are specified and are listed according to type sequence, and in Table VI-1 to shown in VI-4.

For the ease of illustrating and understanding, each table has all provided general " type " grouping in overall packet configuration.These groupings do not imply or mean some restriction of the present invention or other impact, and can organize described grouping according to a plurality of alternate manners as required.Also pointed out to think that grouping transmits effective direction.

Table VI-1

The link control packet

Group names	Packet type	Forward is effective	Oppositely effectively
				The subframe header packet	15359	x
The filler grouping	0	x	x
				The reverse link encapsulating packets	65	x
The link-down grouping	69	x
				The grouping of display power rating	75	x
The forward voice-grade channel is enabled grouping	78	x
				Carry out type switching grouping	77	x
The grouping of round trip delay measurements	82	x
				Forward link departs from the calibration grouping	83	x

Table VI-2

Basic media stream packet

Group names	Packet type	Forward is effective	Oppositely effectively
				Stream of video packets	16	x	x
The audio stream grouping	32	x	x
				The flow point group retained	1-15，18-31，33-35	x	x
User-defined flow point group	56-63	x	x
				The color map grouping	64	x	x
Oppositely audio sample rates grouping	79	x
				Transparent color is enabled grouping	81	x

Table VI-3

Client state and control packet

Group names	Packet type	Forward is effective	Oppositely effectively
				The client capabilities grouping	66		x

The keyboard data grouping	67	x	x
				The indicating equipment packet	68	x	x
Client requests and status packet	70		x
				The grouping of digital content protection expense	80	x	x
The grouping of request VCP feature	128	x
				VCP feature acknowledgment packet	129		x
The grouping of VCP feature is set	130	x
				The grouping of request actual parameter	131	x
The actual parameter acknowledgment packet	132		x
				The grouping of request particular state	138	x
The grouping of effective status answer List	139		x
				The grouping of individual's display capabilities	141		x
The grouping of client computer error reporting	142		x
				The scalable video streams Competency Division	143		x
The client identifying grouping	144		x
				The selectable display Competency Division	145		x
The register access grouping	146	x	x

Table VI-4

Advanced figure and demonstration grouping

Group names	Packet type	Forward is effective	Oppositely effectively
				The blit grouping	71	x
Bitmap region is filled grouping	72	x
				Bitmap pattern is filled grouping	73	x
Read the frame buffer grouping	74	x
				The scalable video streams Competency Division	143		x
Scalable video streams is set up grouping	136	x

Scalable video streams is confirmed grouping	137		x
				The scalable video streams grouping	18	x

What according to other discussion herein, can have a clear understanding of is, although for the external schema operation, subframe header, filler, reverse encapsulation, link-down, client capabilities, and each in the grouping of client requests and state is considered to very important, even in many embodiment of communication interface, need.But, for internal schema operation, reverse encapsulation grouping, link-down, client capabilities, and client requests and status packet will or probably be considered to be optionally.Do like this MDD interface protocol that has produced another type, this agreement allows to utilize the communication packet set of reduction to transmit data with very high speed, and correspondingly simplifies and control and sequential.

Grouping has the overall set of public basic structure or minimum field, and described minimum field comprises block length field, packet type field, data byte field and crc field, and these contents are shown in Figure 8.As shown in Figure 8, the block length field comprises the information with multidigit or byte value form, is used to specify the total bit of grouping, or the length between designated packet length field and crc field.In one embodiment, the signless integer that described block length field comprises 16 or 2 byte wides, it illustrates block length.Packet type field is another multiple bit fields, and it indicates the type of the information comprised in grouping.In an exemplary embodiment, this packet type field is 16 or 2 byte wides, has the value of 16 signless integer forms, and is display capabilities, switching, video or audio stream, state etc. by these data type specifications.

The 3rd field is the data byte field, and it is included between main frame and client devices as the part transmission of grouping or position or the data that send.According to the particular type that is transmitted data, for each packet type specific definition data format, and this packet format can be divided into a series of added field, each has the call format of self.That is to say, each packet type will have the defined form to this part or field.Last field is crc field, and it is included in the result of 16 cyclic redundancy check (CRC) calculating on data byte, packet type and block length field, and this result is used for confirming information integrity in grouping.In other words, this result is to calculate in the whole grouping except crc field itself.Client computer is preserved the tale of the crc error detected usually, and this counting is reported to main frame (vide infra) in client requests and status packet.

Usually, these field widths and institutional framework are designed to make 2 byte field to aim on even byte boundary, and 4 byte field are aimed on 4 byte boundaries.Do like this and allow packet configuration to be easy to embed main frame and client computer, or main storage associated therewith space, and can not violate the data type alignment order run in great majority or normally used processor or control circuit.

During transmitting described grouping, at first field starts transmission from least significant bit (LSB), and finally with transmission highest significant position (MSB), finishes.At first the parameter of an above byte length transmits least significant byte, and what obtain like this is greater than the position transmission mode of the parameter of 8 for transmitting length, and the position transmission mode of using with the shorter parameter of at first transmitting LSB is identical.The data field of each grouping transmits according to the order of subsequent paragraph definition hereinafter usually, and at first the first listed field is transmitted, and the last field of describing is finally transmitted.In any one pattern in Class1, type 2, type 3 or type 4 these patterns, ' 0 ' bit alignment of the byte of transmitting on the data on the MDDI_Data0 signal path and interface.

When manipulation data shows, the data of pel array, at first according to row, are then transmitted according to row, just as conventional execution in electronic technology field.In other words, in bitmap, with all pixels that occur in a line, transmit in order, at first the pixel of the leftmost side is transmitted, and the pixel of the rightmost side is finally transmitted.After in a line, rightmost side pixel transfers, then next pixel is the pixel of the next line leftmost side in order.For most of displays, working of pixel often transmitted according to top-down order, but also can adopt as required other configuration mode.In addition, in processing the process of bitmap, the method that conventional method is namely followed herein is by the bitmap upper left corner being labeled as to position or skew " 0,0 " carrys out definition datum point.When the right side that approaches respectively bitmap and bottom, for definition or determine that the value in the X and Y coordinates of the position of bitmap increases.The first row first row (upper left corner of image) is from subscript value zero.While watching from the angle of display user, towards the numerical value increase of image right side X coordinate, towards the numerical value increase of the bottom of image Y coordinate.

Display window is the viewable portion of bitmap, that is, and and the part pixel that in bitmap, the user can see on the physics display medium.Often size is identical with bitmap for display window.The display window upper left corner is display bitmap location of pixels 0,0 all the time.The width of display window is corresponding to the X-axis of bitmap, and the display window width is less than or equal to the width of corresponding bitmap.The height of window is corresponding to the Y-axis of bitmap, and the display window height is less than or equal to the height of corresponding bitmap.This is not related to display window in agreement, and this is because only it is defined as to the viewable portion of bitmap.

Relation between bitmap and display window is computer, electronic applications, known in Internet traffic and other electronic correlation fields.Therefore do not provide further discussion or the explanation of these principles here.

C. grouping definition

1. subframe header packet

The subframe header packet is first grouping of each subframe, and has basic structure as shown in Figure 9.The subframe header packet is synchronous for main frame-client computer, and each main frame should be able to generate this grouping, and each client computer should be able to receive and explain this grouping simultaneously.As can be seeing in Fig. 9, usually by such constructed in groups for thering is in order block length, packet type, unique word, reservation 1, subframe lengths, protocol version, sub-frame count and dielectric frame count area.In one embodiment, be Class1 5359 (hexadecimal 0x3bff) grouping usually by such group character, and use the preliminary election regular length of 20 bytes, do not comprise the block length field.

Described packet type field and unique word field are all used 2 byte values (16 signless integers).4 combination of bytes of these two fields have been formed together to 32 unique words with good autocorrelation.In one embodiment, actual unique word is 0x005a3bff, and wherein at first low 16 transmit as packet type, and then transmission is the highest 16.

Retain retaining space that 1 field comprises 2 bytes in order to the use in future, and here generally it is configured to the equal zero setting in all positions.A purpose of this field is to allow follow-up 2 byte field aim at 16 word addresss, allows 4 byte field aim at 32 word addresss.Retain least significant byte, to show described main frame, whether can access a plurality of client devices.This byte is left zero this value, to show that this main frame is merely able to work together with single client devices.

The information that the subframe lengths field comprises 4 bytes or value, for illustrating the byte number of each subframe.In one embodiment, the length of this field can be set to equal zero, in order to show, at link, is closed and, before entering idle condition, main frame will only transmit a subframe.While from a subframe, transitting to next subframe, the value in this field can " (on-the-fly) in the course of the work " dynamically change.In order to carry out in lock-out pulse, hour order adjustment is in order to support synchronous data flow, and this ability is very useful.If the CRC of subframe header packet is invalid, link controller just should be estimated by the subframe lengths of known intact previous subframe header packet the length of current subframe so.

Protocol version field comprises 2 bytes, the version of the agreement of being used by main frame for explanation.Protocol version field is set to first or current version of ' 0 ' agreement used of explanation.When having created redaction, this value will change in time, and for some version fields value of being updated to 1.Just as is known, version value probably or is usually deferred to the current version number comprised as the standard document of the approved of MDDI interface.

The sub-frame count field comprises 2 bytes, indicates a sequence number, and this sequence number shows to start from dielectric frame the sequence number of the number of the subframe transmitted of place.The sub-frame count of the first subframe of dielectric frame is zero.The last subframe of dielectric frame has the value of n-1, and wherein n is the number of subframes of every dielectric frame.The sub-frame count that the value of sub-frame count field equals to send in last subframe grouping adds 1 again.It should be noted, if subframe lengths is set to equal zero (showing acyclic subframe), sub-frame count also must be set to equal zero so.

The dielectric frame count area comprises 4 bytes (32 signless integers), and for a sequence number is described, this sequence number shows to start place, the sequence number of the number of the dielectric frame transmitted from the current medium item that transmitting or data.The dielectric frame of the first medium frame of medium project is counted as zero.The dielectric frame counting just increased before the first subframe of each dielectric frame, and (for example, the dielectric frame number 2 having used maximum dielectric frame counting ³²-1=4,294,967,295) return to afterwards zero.The dielectric frame count value can be reset by main frame usually at any time, in order to adapt to the demand of final application.

2. filler grouping

The filler grouping is while not having out of Memory can be used for sending on forward or reverse link, the grouping that is sent to client devices or transmits from client devices.The grouping of suggestion filler has minimum length, so that when needed, in the process that sends other grouping, has maximum flexibility.In the ending of subframe or reverse link encapsulating packets (vide infra), link controller arranges the size of filler grouping in order to fill remaining space, thereby keeps the integrality of grouping.When main frame or client computer do not have information to send or to exchange, described filler grouping is very useful for keeping the sequential on link.Each main frame and client computer all should be able to send and receive this grouping, in order to effectively use described interface.

An exemplary embodiment of the format and content of filler grouping has been shown in Figure 10.As shown in figure 10, by such constructed in groups for thering is block length, packet type, filler byte and crc field.In one embodiment, by such group character, be type 0 usually, this shows in 2 byte type fields.Position in the filler byte field or byte comprise complete zero the place value of variable number, in order to allow the filler grouping to have desired length.Minimum filler is grouped in this field and does not comprise byte.That is to say, described grouping only includes block length, packet type and CRC, and in one embodiment, uses preliminary election regular length or the block length value 4 of 6 bytes.For all bytes in grouping are determined described crc value, comprising block length, but, in other packet type, this block length is excluded.

3. stream of video packets

Stream of video packets is carried the zone that is generally rectangle that video data carrys out refresh display equipment usually.The size in this zone can be so little as single pixel, or the whole display of picture is so large.Can have the almost stream of infinite number to be simultaneously displayed, but it is subject to the restriction of system resource, this is to show the needed all contexts of stream because comprise in stream of video packets.The form of an embodiment of stream of video packets (video data format descriptor symbol) has been shown in Figure 11.As shown in figure 11, in one embodiment, by such constructed in groups for thering is at the bottom of block length (2 byte), packet type, bClient ID, video data descriptor, pixel display properties, the left edge of X, edge, Y top, the right edge of X, Y edge, X and Y is initial, pixel counts, parameters C RC, pixel data and crc field.Usually by such group character, be Class1 6, it shows in 2 byte type fields.In one embodiment, R-G-B (RGB), monochrome and the Y Cr Cb capable field in the grouping of client computer use client capabilities shows the ability of receiver, video flow point group.

In one embodiment, the bClient id field is included as 2 byte information that client computer ID retains.Because this is the communication protocol of recent development, so actual client computer ID still can't be known or be enough to be transmitted.Therefore, the position in this field is set to equal zero usually, until know this ID value, when or during this ID, can insert or use described ID value, as apparent for those skilled in the art.Usually also carry out identical therewith processing for client computer id field discussed below.

The format and content adopted for the operation of realization example video data descriptor field as above has been shown in Figure 12 A-12E.In Figure 12 A-12E, video data format descriptor symbol field comprises 2 bytes with 16 signless integer forms, for the form of each pixel in the current stream pixel data that current group is described.Different stream of video packets may be used different pixel data forms, in the video data format descriptor symbol, uses different values, and same, stream (viewing area) (on-the-fly) in the course of the work changes its data format.The pixel data form should meet at least one the client computer valid format grouping according to client capabilities grouping definition.Only the pixel format in current group was implicitly included in the operating period of particular video stream, and when no longer continuing to use constant form, the video data format descriptor symbol just defines the pixel format of current group.

How Figure 12 A to 12D explanation video data format descriptor symbol encodes.As using in these figure, and in this embodiment, as position [15:13] while equaling ' 000 ', as shown in Figure 12 A, so described video packets is drawn together the include monochrome pixels array, and wherein the figure place of each pixel is by position 30 definition to position of video data format descriptor symbol word.Usually retain position 11 to 4 in order to use in the future or for other application, and be set in this case zero.When position [15:13] changes the value of equaling ' 001 ' into, as shown in Figure 12 B, so described video packets is drawn together a colorful array of pixels, and wherein each pixel is specified a kind of color by color map (palette).In this case, the figure place of position 5 to 0 each pixel of definition of video data format descriptor symbol word, and position 11 to 6 is retained for using in the future or application usually, and these positions are set to equal zero.When position [15:13] changes the value of equaling ' 010 ' into, as shown in Figure 11 C, so described video packets is drawn together colorful array of pixels, and wherein the figure place of each pixel redness is by position 11 to 8 definition, the figure place of each pixel green is by 7 to 4 definition, and the figure place of each pixel blueness is defined by position 3 to 0.In this case, the sum of each pixel median be red, green and blue used figure place and.

Yet, when position [15:13] changes the value of equaling or word string ' 011 ' into, as shown in Figure 12 D, video packets is drawn together the video data array with brightness and chrominance information of the YCbCr form with 4:2:2 so, wherein the figure place of each pixel intensity (Y) is by position 11 to 8 definition, the figure place of Cb component is by position 7 to 4 definition, and the figure place of Cr component is by position 3 to 0 definition.Each pixel median sum be red, green and blue used figure place and.Cb and Cr component are to send with half speed of Y component.In addition, video sampling in the pixel data part of this grouping is organized as: Cbn, Yn, Crn, Yn+1, Cbn+2, Yn+2, Crn+2, Yn+3, ..., wherein Cbn and Crn are associated with Yn and Yn+1, and Cbn+2 and Crn+2 are associated etc. with Yn+2 and Yn+3.

Yn, Yn+1, Yn+2 and Yn+3 are the brightness values of four contiguous pixels from left to right in single row.If have odd number of pixels (the left edge of the right edge-X of X+1) in a line of the window of locating in stream of video packets, Y value back corresponding to last pixel in every a line will be followed by the Cb value of next line the first pixel so, and not send the Cr value of last pixel in this row.The width that suggestion is used the window of Y Cb Cr form to have the even number pixel.Pixel data in grouping should comprise the even number pixel.In the situation that the last pixel of pixel data is corresponding to the last pixel of the row in the window of appointment in the stream of video packets header, that is, in pixel data the X position of last pixel equal X right along the time, pixel data can comprise odd number or even number pixel.

When position [15:13] changes into while equaling ' 100 ', video packets is drawn together an interval (Bayer) pel array so, and wherein the figure place of each pixel is by position 3 to 0 definition of video data format descriptor symbol word.The pixel groups pattern is by position 5 and 4 definition, as shown in Figure 12 E.The order of pixel data can be level or vertical, and the pixel in row or column can send according to order forward or backward, and is defined by position 8 to 6.Position 11 to 9 should be set to zero.The category of four pixels in the form of interval (Bayer) in pixel groups is similar to and often is called the situation that stops over pixel in some Display Technique.Yet a pixel in the form of interval (Bayer) is in four colour elements in this pixel groups splicing (mosaic) pattern.

For all five forms shown in figure, the position 12 pixels illustrated data samplings of being appointed as " P " are pixel datas of packing, or byte-aligned pixel data.Value ' 0 ' in this field show each pixel in the pixel data field all with MDD interface byte boundary byte alignment.Value ' 1 ' shows each pixel in each pixel in pixel data and the packing of each color, thereby does not use position with respect to the first preceding pixel in pixel or color.Figure 13 more specifically shows the difference between the pixel data form of byte-aligned pixel format and packing, wherein can be clear that the byte alignment data leave the unused portion of data burst, this is relative with the situation that does not leave unused portion in the packing pixel format.

4. audio stream grouping

Audio stream grouping carry by by client audio system, play or for the voice data of audio frequency display device independently.Can distribute in sound system independently voice-grade channel to different audio data streams, for example: left front, right front, central, left back and right back, this depends on the type of the audio system of just using.The earphone of processing for the spatial sound signal that comprises enhancing provides all audio frequency passage.The ability that the voice-grade channel ability that client computer is divided into groups by client capabilities and audio sample rates field show audio reception flow point group.The form of explanation audio stream grouping in Figure 14.

As shown in figure 14, by such constructed in groups, be in one embodiment there is block length, packet type, bClient ID, voice-grade channel ID, retain 1, position and packing, audio sample rates, parameters C RC, digital audio-frequency data and the voice data crc field of audio sample counting, each sampling.In one embodiment, by such group character, be usually type 32 groupings.

The bClient id field is included as 2 byte information that client computer ID retains, as previous use.Retain 1 field and comprise 2 bytes that are retained in order to the use in future, and be configured to all positions here and be set to zero.

The position of each sampling and packing field thereof comprise 1 byte with 8 signless integer forms, for the packing form of voice data is described.Usually the form adopted is to define the figure place of each pcm audio sampling with position 4 to 0.Then, whether position 5 explanation digital audio-frequency data samplings are packaged.The difference of packing between audio sample and byte alignment audio sample has been shown in Figure 15, has used the sampling of 10-position here.Value ' 0 ' shows each the pcm audio sampling and MDDI interface byte boundary byte alignment in the digital audio-frequency data field, and value ' 1 ' shows that each continuous P CM audio sample is packed with respect to previous audio sample.Usually only have when a value of 4 to 0 (figure place of each pcm audio sampling) definition is not 8 multiple, this position is only effectively.Position 7 to 6 is retained for using in the future, and usually is set to zero.

5. the flow point group retained

In one embodiment, according to the requirement of the various application that run into, the flow point group that packet type 1 to 15,18 to 31 and 33 to 55 is reservation to be defined, for the use of future version or packet oriented protocol variation.With other technology, compare, this is to make the MDD interface more flexibly and in the face of the technology that constantly changes an and system very useful part still.

6. user-defined flow point group

Retain 8 data stream types that are called type 56 to 63, for use in proprietary application, these data stream type can be defined in order to together use with the MDDI link by equipment manufacturers.These groupings are called as user-defined flow point group.This grouping can be for any purpose, but main frame and client computer only in the situation that understand or know that this use result just should adopt this grouping very much.To leave the concrete equipment manufacturers that realize this packet type or seek its purposes for to the stream parameter of these packet types and the specific definition of data.The exemplary purposes of some of user-defined flow point group is for transmitting test parameter and test result, factory calibrated data and proprietary special data.Form for the user-defined flow point group of an embodiment has been shown in Figure 16.As shown in figure 16, by such constructed in groups for thering is block length (2 byte), packet type, No. ID, bClient, stream parameter, parameters C RC, flow data and flow data crc field.

7. color map grouping

Color map is divided the content of the color map look-up table of group profile for present color to client computer.Some application may require the larger color map of data volume that can transmit than single grouping.In this case, by using skew as described below and length field, can transmit a plurality of color map groupings, each color map grouping all has the different subsets of color map.Figure 17 shows the form of a color map grouping in embodiment.As shown in figure 17, by such constructed in groups for thering is block length, packet type, hClient ID, color map item count, color map skew, parameters C RC, color map data and data crc field.In one embodiment, by such group character, be type 64 groupings (video data format and color map groupings) usually, as illustrated in packet type field (2 byte).The ability that client computer shows to receive the color map grouping by the color map size in the client capabilities grouping and color map width field.

8. reverse link encapsulating packets

In an exemplary embodiment, use the reverse link encapsulating packets along oppositely transmitting data.Send a forward link grouping, and change the MDDI link operation or allow it turn to (direction of transfer) about the middle part of this grouping greatly, thus can be along reverse transmission grouping.Figure 18 illustrates the form of a reverse link encapsulating packets in embodiment.As shown in figure 18, by such constructed in groups for thering is block length, packet type, hCLient ID, reverse link sign, reverse rate divisor, turn to (Turn-Around) 1 length, turn to 2 length, parameters C RC, complete 01, turn to 1, the reverse data grouping, turn to 2 and entirely 02.In one embodiment, by such group character, be usually type 65 groupings.For external schema, each main frame must be able to generate this grouping and receive data, and each client computer must be able to receive and send data to main frame.The implementation of this grouping is optional for internal schema, but the reverse link encapsulating packets receives the data from client computer for main frame.

When sending the reverse link encapsulating packets, the MDDI link controller moves according to ad hoc fashion.The MDD interface has all the time the gating signal by the host driven as link controller.Main frame shows to such an extent that just look like that it is zero for turning to each transmission of reverse data packet partial of reverse link encapsulating packets.Described main frame two turn to during and distributing to reverse data grouping during, in boundary upset (toggle) MDDI gating signal of each.That is to say, start to finish to complete 02 fields from complete 01 fields, main frame upset MDDI_Stb.(this behavior with the full remainder certificate of transmission is identical.)

Described main frame is forbidden its MDDI data-signal circuit driver, and usually guarantee that they are forbidden fully before turning to last of 1 field, then, reactivate its line driver during turning to 2 fields, and usually guarantee that they are enabled fully before turning to last of 2 fields.Described client computer reads and turns to length parameter, and after turning to last position of 1 field, immediately to the host driven data-signal.That is to say, as hereinafter and other local packet content describe in explanation like that, at some rising edge place of MDDI strobe pulse, described client computer is inputted new data in (clock into) link according to clock.Client computer is by block length and turn to length parameter to understand it can be used for sending to main frame the time span of grouping.When not having data to send to main frame, client computer can send the filler grouping or data wire is urged to nought state.If data wire is driven to zero, grouping of (not being an effective length) that so described main frame is interpreted as having the distance of zero mark degree by it, and during current reverse link encapsulating packets, main frame no longer receives any grouping from client computer.

In one embodiment, can utilize the described client computer of reverse link request field notice main frame of client requests and status packet to need data are sent back to the byte number of main frame in the reverse link encapsulating packets.Main frame is attempted by distributing at least this byte number to allow described request in the reverse link encapsulating packets.Main frame can send more than one reverse link encapsulating packets in subframe.Client computer almost can at any time send client requests and status packet, and described main frame will be interpreted as the total amount of byte of asking in a subframe to the reverse link required parameter.

9. client capabilities grouping

Main frame must be known the ability of the client computer (display) of communication with it, in order to carry out the link of configure host to client computer according to common optimum or needed mode.Suggestion is after the acquisition forward link is synchronous, and display sends to main frame to the client capabilities grouping.When being asked with the reverse link sign in the reverse link encapsulating packets by main frame, should consider the transmission of this grouping.The client capabilities grouping is used for notifying the ability of main frame client computer.For external schema, each main frame must can receive this grouping, and each client computer must can send this grouping in order to fully utilize this interface and agreement.The implementation of this grouping is optional for internal schema, this is due in this case, should be when manufacturing or while being assembled to the single parts of some type or unit as the ability of the client computer of display, keyboard or other input-output apparatus and so on, just should clearly be defined and be known to main frame.

The form of client capabilities grouping in an embodiment has been shown in Figure 19.As shown in figure 19, for the present embodiment, by such constructed in groups for thering is block length, packet type, retain cClient ID, protocol version, the minimal protocol version, data rate capabilities, the interface type ability, the selectable display number, retain 1, bitmap width, the bitmap height, the display window width, the display window height, the color map size, color map RGB width, the RGB ability, monochromatic ability, retain 2, Y Cr Cb ability, interval (Bayer) ability, retain 3, the client computer feature capabilities, maximum video frame rate, minimum video frame rate, minimum subframe speed, the audio buffer degree of depth, the voice-grade channel ability, audio frequency adopts rate capacity, audio sample resolution, the microphone audio sampling rate, microphone sampling rate ability, the keyboard data form, the indicating equipment data format, the content protecting type, manufacturer's title, product code, retain 4, sequence number, manufacture week, year built, and crc field.In an exemplary embodiment, by such group character, be type 66 groupings usually.

10. keyboard data grouping

The keyboard data grouping is used for sending keyboard data from client devices to main frame.Wireless (or wired) keyboard can be combined with various displays or audio frequency apparatus, includes but not limited to headband video display/audio frequency display device.The keyboard data that the equipment from several known similar keyboards is received in keyboard data grouping relays to main frame.This grouping can also be used in order to send data to keyboard on forward link.Client computer shows the ability of sending and receiving keyboard data grouping by the keyboard data field in the client capabilities grouping.

The form of keyboard data grouping has been shown in Figure 20, and comprise from or for the information of the variable byte quantity of keyboard.As shown in figure 20, by such constructed in groups for thering is block length, packet type, bClient ID, keyboard data form, keyboard data and crc field.Usually by such group character be type 67 groupings here.

Described bClient ID is a reserved field, as previously mentioned, and all bytes of grouping is carried out to CRC.The keyboard data format fields comprises for describing 2 byte values of keyboard data form.Position 6 to 0 should be identical with the keyboard data format fields in the client capabilities grouping.This value is not equal to 127.Position 15 to 7 is retained for using in the future, and therefore they are set to zero at present.

11. indicating equipment packet

The indicating equipment packet is used as a kind of be used for the positional information from wireless mouse or other indicating equipment is sent to from client computer method, structure or the means of main frame.Can also use this to be grouped on forward link and send the data to indicating equipment.The example format of indicating equipment packet has been shown in Figure 21, and this packet format comprises from or is used to indicate the information of the variable byte number of equipment.As shown in figure 21, by such constructed in groups for thering is block length, packet type, bClient ID, indicating equipment form, indicating equipment data and crc field.In an exemplary embodiment, in the type field of 1 byte, by such group character, be type 68 groupings usually.

12. link-down grouping

Link-down grouping is sent to client computer from main frame, as a kind of, for showing that MDDI data and strobe pulse will be closed, and enter the ways and means of low-power consumption " dormancy " state.By static bitmap after mobile communication equipment sends to display, or when temporarily not having further informational needs to be sent to client computer from main frame, this grouping is very useful to closing link and saving power.When main frame sends grouping again, enabling.The first grouping sent after dormancy is the subframe header packet.The form of client state grouping has been shown in Figure 22.As shown in figure 22, by such constructed in groups for thering is block length, packet type and CRC and all-zero word section.In one embodiment, by such group character, be type 69 groupings usually in the type field of 1 byte, and use the preliminary election regular length of 3 bytes.

The block length field indicates by 2 bytes the byte number that does not comprise the block length field in this grouping.In one embodiment, the block length of this grouping depends on effective interface type or link mode while sending the link-down grouping.Therefore, typical block length is as follows: for the Class1 pattern, be 20 bytes (in groupings 22 bytes) altogether; For type 2 patterns, be 36 bytes (in groupings 38 bytes) altogether; For type 3 patterns, be 68 bytes (in groupings 70 bytes) altogether; For type 4 patterns, be 132 bytes (in groupings 134 bytes) altogether.

The all-zero word section is used the byte of variable number, to guarantee MDDI_Data, in the time of logical zero level, looks and is enough to make client computer can only use MDDI_Stb to start recovered clock before forbidding host line driver.The length of all-zero word section depends on effective interface type or link mode while sending the link-down grouping.For any interface type, set, the length of all-zero word section is intended to 64 pulses of the upper generation of MDDI_Stb.Therefore, the all-zero word section of various interface type is as follows: for Class1, be 16 bytes; For type 2, be 32 bytes; For type 3, be 64 bytes; For type 4, be 128 bytes.

Crc field is used 2 bytes, 16 CRC that it comprises the byte from the block length to the packet type.

Under low power sleep state, behind last position of all-zero word section, after the 16th to the 48th MDDI_Stb cycle or pulse, start, by described MDDI_Data0 driver forbidding, be high-impedance state.For type 2, type 3 or type 4 links, in forbidding MDDI_Data0 driver, MDDI_Data1 to MDDI_DataPwr7 signal also is placed in high impedance status.Discussion as local as other, main frame or client computer can allow the MDDI link " wake up " from resting state, and this is key progress of the present invention and advantage.

In the definition of all-zero word section, described, MDDI_Stb overturns during 64 cycles after the MSB of the crc field of link-down grouping, so that close in time the client computer controller.One-period is transition from low to high, and transition is from high to low followed in back, or transition from high to low, and transition is from low to high followed in back.After sending the all-zero word section, the MDDI_Stb driver in the forbidding main frame.

13. client requests and status packet

Main frame need to be from a small amount of information of client computer, in order to make it carry out the link of configure host to client computer according to optimum on the whole mode.The suggestion client computer sends a client state grouping to each subframe of main frame.Client computer should first in the reverse link encapsulating packets divide into groups this grouping to send, in order to guarantee, this grouping is sent to main frame reliably.When by main frame, with the reverse link sign in the reverse link encapsulating packets, asking this grouping, also can realize passing on of this grouping.Client requests and status packet can be used for to main frame reporting errors and state.For external schema operation, each main frame should be able to receive this grouping, and each client computer should be able to send this grouping, in order to appropriately and optimally use this MDD interface protocol.Also suggestion: for built-in function, internal host and internal customer's machine, should support this grouping, but this not necessarily.

The form of client requests and status packet has been shown in Figure 23.As shown in figure 23, by such constructed in groups, for having block length, packet type, cClient ID, reverse link request, capacity variation, client computer are hurried, crc error is counted and crc field.In the type field of 1 byte, be type 70 groupings usually by such group character, and use the preliminary election regular length of 12 bytes.

Described reverse link request field can be used for notifying the main frame byte number that described client computer needs in the reverse link encapsulating packets, so that its data send it back main frame.Main frame should be attempted by distributing at least byte of this number to allow described request in the reverse link encapsulating packets.Main frame can send more than one reverse link encapsulating packets in order to receive data in subframe.Client computer can at any time send client requests and status packet, and described main frame can be interpreted as this reverse link required parameter the total amount of byte of asking in a subframe.Other details and the instantiation that how reverse link data are returned to main frame hereinafter are shown.

14. blit grouping

Thereby the blit grouping provides for usually by block of pixels is copied to means, structure or the method for another rectangular area along the arbitrary directional rolling display area from a rectangular area.Have the client computer of this ability will be in the position 0 of the display characteristics capability indicator field of client capabilities grouping the described ability of report.The form of the blit grouping of an embodiment has been shown in Figure 24.As shown in figure 24, such constructed in groups is moved for having block length, packet type, hClient ID, pixel data attribute, raster manipulation, upper left X value, upper left Y value, window width, window height, window X, window Y moves and crc field.Usually be type 71 groupings by such group character, and use the preliminary election regular length of 15 bytes.The hClient id field of 2 bytes is included as the reserved information of hClient ID or value, and other places are introduced this.Because giving in the future usually, this field uses, so, thereby usually these positions are made as to the logical zero level, currency is made as to zero, but also it can be made as to other values, or be used for transmitting expected information by those of ordinary skills.

In one embodiment, the value of the pixel data attribute field of 2 bytes shows where pixel data will be upgraded, and its meta 1 and 0 is for selecting to upgrade the display of pixel data.If the basic display unit in client computer is not supported stereo-picture, so, one of bit combination for 01,10 or 11, client computer can make the pixel data sensitization in basic display unit.We advise, value 11 are used for for not supporting the display of stereo display ability in client computer.When the value 11 of position [1:0], pixel data is all upgraded in the frame buffer of right and left eyes, and when the value 10 of position [1:0], pixel data is only upgraded in the frame buffer of left eye.When the value 01 of position [1:0], pixel data is only upgraded in the frame buffer of right eye.When the value 00 of position [1:0], pixel data is upgraded below in the frame buffer of the selectable display of position 8 to 11 expressions.

Position 7 and 6 is as the display update position, with the frame buffer that shows that pixel data upgrades or writes.Below also will describe the effect of frame updated space in detail.When position [7:6] is " 01 ", pixel data writes the off-line buffer.When position [7:6] is " 00 ", pixel data writes the frame buffer for refresh display.When bit [7:6] is " 11 ", pixel data writes all frame buffers.When position [7:6] is " 10 ", this is processed as invalid value.Now, these positions give in advance in the future and use.In this case, ignore whole order, do not upgrade any frame buffer.

The signless integer of 4 of 11 to 8 formation in position, for indicating the selectable display that upgrades pixel data or the position of optional client computer.Position 0 and 1 is configured to equal 00, thereby client computer is construed to the selectable display numbering by position 11 to 8.If position 0 and 1 is not configured to equal 00, usually logic null value or level are arranged to equal in position 11 to 8.Position 2 to 5 and 12 to 15 is reserved does following the use, usually is set to logical zero level or value.

In one embodiment, the raster manipulation field of 2 bytes means how the pixel in the source and destination position is combined, thereby forms the new pixel value of purpose to be written picture position.In raster manipulation definition frame buffer, how two identical different rectangular areas of size combine.The purpose image-region is also one of in two images that combine.Second in these two figures is called as source images.If client computer is not supported the raster manipulation field indicated in the client capabilities grouping, main frame sends this grouping usually, and its meta 3 to 0 equals 3, so client computer ignore bit 3 to 0.

In one embodiment, one of Table VII institute indicating value below position 3 to 0 is arranged to equal is selected the corresponding operating shown in this value side, thereby specifies actual raster manipulation with it.That is, each specific bit [3:0] listed in first row can cause the operation shown in secondary series, in the 3rd row, has for clarity sake done further definition.

Table VII

The value of position [3:0]	The value of storing in destination locations	Definition
				0	0
1	Source & purpose	The logic AND operation
			2	Source &～purpose	Source AND (non-purpose)
3	Source

4	～source & purpose	(non-source) AND purpose
			5	Purpose	Without operation
6	Source ^ purpose	The logic xor operation
			7	Source | purpose	Logic OR operation
8	～(source | purpose)	Non-(source OR purpose)
			9	～(source ^ purpose)	Non-(source XOR purpose)
10	～(purpose)	Non-(purpose)
			11	Source |～purpose	Source OR (non-purpose)
12	～source	Non-source
			13	～source | purpose	(non-source) OR purpose
14	～(source & purpose)	Non-(source AND purpose)
			15	Complete 1

Position 5 to 4 is used for indicating when the purpose pixel is relevant to transparent color whether they are write to destination locations.Position 5 to 4 operations that indicate are applicable to client devices and whether support raster manipulation.If client computer is not supported raster manipulation, so, the gained purpose pixel value that the operation of position bit 5 to 4 definition is considered only equals source pixel value.

When the value of position [5:4] equals 00, do not use Transparent color.The purpose pixel of gained writes the purpose location of pixels, and does not consider the value of the Transparent color of " Transparent color is enabled grouping " definition.The value of position [5:4] equals 01 current giving in advance in the future to be used, and usually do not use, but those of ordinary skills can establish relevant purposes with it.When the value of position [5:4] equals 10, if the gained purpose pixel that raster manipulation calculates equals Transparent color, the pixel of gained is not write to the purpose location of pixels.Otherwise, it is write to the purpose location of pixels.When the value of position [5:4] equals 11, if the gained purpose pixel that raster manipulation calculates equals Transparent color, the pixel of gained is not write to the purpose location of pixels.Otherwise, it is not write to the purpose location of pixels.

Position 15 to 6 gives in advance in the future and uses, and therefore usually is set to and equals logical value or level.

Width and the height of the window that remaining field is respectively used to indicate the X of upper left corner coordinate of mobile window and Y value, will move, and the window pixel count of wanting horizontal and vertical to move.If the value of next two fields is for just, window moves to lower right; If the value of next two fields is for negative, window moves to upper left side.The CRC that crc field (being 2 bytes here) comprises 16, it is the CRC that comprises all bytes in the grouping of block length.

15. bitmap region is filled grouping

Bitmap region is filled and is divided into groups to provide at an easy rate viewing area to be initialized as to monochromatic means, structure or method.Have the display of this ability will be in the position 1 of the client computer feature capabilities indicator field of client capabilities grouping the described ability of report.An embodiment of the form of bitmap region filling grouping has been shown in Figure 25.As shown in figure 25, in this case, by such constructed in groups for thering is block length, packet type, hClient ID, upper left X value, upper left Y value, window width, window height, data format descriptor symbol, pixel region filling value and crc field.In the type field of 2 bytes, be type 72 groupings usually by such group character, and use the preliminary election regular length of 20 bytes.

Information or value that the hClient id field of 2 bytes comprises are reserved for hClient ID, and other places have been introduced this.Because being reserved usually, this field does to use in the future, so, thereby usually these positions are made as to the logical zero level, currency is made as to zero, but also it can be made as to other values or be used for transmitting expected information by those of ordinary skills.

16. bitmap pattern is filled grouping

Bitmap pattern is filled and is divided into groups to provide at an easy rate viewing area to be initialized as to means and the structure of preselected pattern.Have the client computer of this ability will be in the position 2 of the client computer feature capabilities indicator field of client capabilities grouping the described ability of report.The upper left corner of filling pattern is aimed at the upper left corner of window to be filled, unless level or vertical pattern skew are non-zero.If window to be filled is wider or higher than filling pattern, level or vertically repeat described pattern in order to fill window so repeatedly.Right side or the bottom of the pattern that will finally repeat are as required blocked.If window is less than filling pattern, can block so the right side of filling pattern or bottom in order to adapt to described window.

If horizontal pattern skew is non-zero, add so pixel between this horizontal pattern skew pixel filling with this pattern rightmost side on the He Gai left side, the window left side.This horizontal pattern skew will be less than the width of this pattern.Similarly, if vertical pattern skew is non-zero, at this window top margin and this top margin, add pixel between the vertical pattern skew pixel filling with the lower side of this pattern.This vertical pattern skew is less than this pattern height.

An embodiment of the form of bitmap pattern filling grouping has been shown in Figure 26.As shown in figure 26, by such constructed in groups for thering is block length, packet type, hClient ID, upper left X value, upper left Y value, window width, window height, pattern width, pattern height, horizontal pattern skew, vertical pattern skew, data format descriptor symbol, parameters C RC, pattern pixel data and pixel data crc field.In 1 byte type field, by such group character, be type 73 groupings usually.

17. communicating link data channel packet

The communicating link data channel packet provides structure, means or the method for communicating by letter with this wireless transceiver as cell phone or wireless data communications port equipment as this client computer with senior computing capability of PDA for making.In this case, described MDDI link serves as communication equipment and has the convenient high-speed interface between the computing equipment of Leading format device, and wherein this data link layer that is grouped in the operating system of equipment transmits data.For example, if web browser, E-mail client or whole PDA are embedded in the Leading format device, just can use this grouping.Have the display of this ability will be in the position 3 of the client computer feature capabilities indicator field of client capabilities grouping the described ability of report.

The form of an embodiment of communicating link data channel packet has been shown in Figure 27.As shown in figure 27, by such constructed in groups for thering is block length, packet type, hClient ID, parameters C RC, communicating link data and communication data crc field.In one embodiment, in type field, by such group character, be type 74 groupings usually.

18. display power rating grouping

The grouping of display power rating provides a kind of structure, device or method, for not using when the client computer such such as display or not when the current activation use, that specific client computer is controlled or client computer is relevant, connected hardware or the hardware setting of controller are low power state, in order to make the consumption on system power dissipation or system resource minimize.Such grouping is the most useful for the application of this interface to external schema configuration or operation or interface structure and agreement.In this application, most probably: external equipment just in the situation that limited power source (as battery) move, perhaps this external equipment has other power constraint and consideration, for example overheated etc. in the confined space, thus minimum service conditions required in un-activation or in the untapped time cycle.In one embodiment, client computer is indicated the ability of response display power rating grouping with the position 9 of the client computer feature capabilities identifier field in the client capabilities grouping.

Figure 28 shows the form of an embodiment of display power rating grouping.As shown in figure 28, in one embodiment, the grouping of the type is constructed to have: block length, packet type, hClient ID, power rating and crc field.In 2 byte type fields, the type grouping is identified as type 75 groupings usually.2 byte hClient id fields are included as information or the value that client computer ID retains, being used as front.Because this field is retained in the future usually, so be set to " 0 " and currency is set to zero by these positions, those skilled in the art also can use it for the required information of transmission certainly.

Here the power rating field of 2 bytes, specify the information that is set to specified power rating for specific equipment, hardware components or the equipment relevant to client computer as display.When for display, it is for basic display unit or for selectable display that this grouping is specified in the position 0 of this field.If position 0 equals 1, this grouping is applied to basic display unit so.If position 0 equals 0, this grouping is applied to the selectable display specified by position 11 to 8 so.Position 1 is retained for also usually being set to zero in the future.

The power rating of position 3 to 2 appointments of power rating field selected display by position 11 to 8 and position 0.When position [3:2] has " 00 " value, selected display is not illuminated, and should consume minimum quantity of power, and does not guarantee that during this state the content of frame buffer will remain.When position [3:2] has " 01 " value, selected display is not illuminated, and is consuming minimum quantity of power, and guarantees that during this state the content of frame buffer will remain.Under this state, display consumes is than the more power of state 00.Client computer is used the position 10 of the client computer feature capabilities identifier field in the client capabilities grouping can indicate the ability of status of support 01.When the position [3:2] of power rating field has " 10 " value, selected display is illuminated, and shows the image of relevant frame buffer from it.The value " 11 " of position [3:2] is for retention or state in the future, does not use now.

Those skilled in the art will recognize that, although this grouping is the most useful for display application, but the use of this grouping only is not limited to display because of the present invention, also exist relate to just with MDDI, together using or client computer is being controlled or the needs of other hardware elements of communicating by letter or other application, configuration or the situation that power control is carried out in requirement.In these cases, as should understanding, above-mentioned disclosed position can have similar function, but can activate the auxiliary element of advocating peace in these elements, or power level etc. is set.

In one embodiment, 4 signless integers of position 11 to 8 formation of power rating field, these 4 signless integers are used to specify the selectable display of having applied this power rating.Position 0 is set to the logic null value, so that client computer is interpreted as selectable display number by position 11 to 8.If position 0 equals 1, position 11 to 8 is zero.

Position 7 to 4 and position 15 to 12 are retained for using in the future, and usually are set up a logical zero level or for the value of current application or design.

The CRC that the crc field of 2 bytes is specified or comprised all bytes in the described grouping that comprises block length.

Following Table VIII has summed up this interface structure or which display power rating is agreement support usually.It is as shown in the table, and client computer feature capabilities position 10 and 9 various combinations are for setting up, arrange and trigger the power rating of various expections.Mark in given row and column position means, for the regulation combination of client computer feature capabilities designator bit, and the display power rating of supporting this side of listing to indicate.

Table VIII

Client computer feature capabilities indicator bit 10 and 9 value	Power rating=00	Power rating=01	Power rating=10	Power rating=11
					Bit 9=0 and bit 10=0 bit 9=1 and bit 10=0 bit 9=0 and bit 10=1 bit 9=1 and bit 10=1	X X	X	X X	X X X X

19. carry out type switching grouping

Carrying out type switching grouping is for making the Host Command client computer switch to a kind of means, structure or the method for the pattern of this specified in packets.This is a kind of during the interface type by the client computer support described in client capabilities grouping arranges.Just, after sending this grouping, main frame and client computer should be switched to forward and the reverse link interface type of appointment.The form of an embodiment who carries out type switching grouping has been shown in Figure 29.The main frame of the interface type of support except Class1 and client computer should provide the support of this grouping.Typical suggestion is that main frame read immediately client requests and status packet before sending execution type switching grouping, to confirm client computer, with main frame, synchronizeed.

As shown in figure 29, in one embodiment, by such constructed in groups for thering is block length, packet type, interface type, reservation 1, postponing filler and crc field.In the type field of 2 bytes, by such group character, be type 77 groupings usually, and the preliminary election regular length that is grouped in use 6 bytes outside block length and delay filler field of the type.

In one embodiment, interface type field with 1 byte value confirm will for or be used in the new interface type of this link.Value in this field is specified in the following manner or is meaned this interface type.Position 2 to 0 has defined will be for the interface type of forward link, and its intermediate value 1 means or appointment is switched to the Class1 pattern; Value 2 means to be switched to type 2 patterns; Value 3 means or appointment is switched to type 3 patterns; Value 4 means to be switched to type 4 patterns.Position 5 to 3 definition will be for the interface type of reverse link, and its intermediate value 1 means or appointment is switched to the Class1 pattern; Value 2 means to be switched to type 2 patterns; Value 3 means or appointment is switched to type 3 patterns; Value 4 means to be switched to type 4 patterns.Position 0,6 and 7 is current to be retained for using in the future, and equally typically but not necessarily be set to the logical zero level.

Delay filler field has been created as for making on the components of system as directed of client computer and has had sufficient time to be prepared, perhaps be configured to be switched to and use or set up state in order to use the new interface type when grouping starts, thereafter followed by executive's interface type switching grouping.This field comprises one group of byte or 8 place values, and these values all are set to or equal level or the value of logical zero.Be chosen in the byte number used in this field in order to make this field there is the length that equals 64 MDDI_Stb cycles.The length that postpones filler is based on that the interface type of forward link arranges, this field is 16 bytes, for type 2 interface types, is 32 bytes, is 64 bytes for type 3 interface types for the forward link interface type of Class1, and is 128 bytes when appointment or type of service 4 forward link interface type.

Retaining 1 field (1 byte) is retained for using aspect conveying a message in the future.Positions all in this field are set to the logical zero level usually.The purpose of this field is to make all 2 byte field subsequently to be registered to 16 word addresss, and makes 4 byte field be registered to 32 word addresss.16 CRC that crc field (2 bytes here) comprises all bytes in this grouping that comprises block length.

20. the forward voice-grade channel is enabled grouping

This grouping provides structure, method or the means that make main frame can enable or forbid the voice-grade channel in client computer.This ability is very useful, because when main frame does not have audio frequency output, client computer (as display) can make audio frequency amplifier or the outage of similar circuit element in order to save power.Only use the existence of audio stream whether as obviously more difficult realization of designator.Default setting when client machine system powers on is to enable all voice-grade channels.The forward voice-grade channel has been shown in Figure 30 and has enabled the form of an embodiment of grouping.As shown in figure 30, such constructed in groups is enabled to mask and crc field for having block length, packet type, hClient ID, voice-grade channel.In the type field of 1 byte, be type 78 groupings usually by such group character, and use the preliminary election regular length of 4 bytes.

21. oppositely audio sample rates grouping

This packet type provides structure, the ways and means that makes main frame can enable or forbid the reverse link voice-grade channel.This ability is very useful, thereby, when no longer including audio frequency and will export from main frame, client computer can be closed audio frequency amplifier to save power.Indirectly utilize the existence of audio stream or do not have to realize that this point is obviously more difficult.When client machine system powers on or be connected to main frame, the state of acquiescence is that all voice-grade channels are all enabled.The audio system that is connected to main frame and client computer should be ready to or can receive the forward voice-grade channel in about 100 milliseconds or the time still less after enabling grouping in client computer, with hope or required mode output audio signal, wherein this voice-grade channel enable be grouped in voice-grade channel enable in a plurality of position of mask field have at least one 1, this voice-grade channel is enabled the transition that mask field has completed from 0 to 1 state or value.The value that this client computer arranges with the position 15 that is the voice-grade channel capable field in the client capabilities grouping is indicated the ability in response to forward voice-grade channel Competency Division.

This grouping allows main frame to enable or forbid the reverse link voice-grade channel, and this first-class audio data samples speed is set.Described Selection of chiller is defined as effective sampling rate in the client capabilities grouping.If the sampling rate that Selection of chiller is invalid, client computer can not send audio stream to main frame so, and can send suitable mistake, improper value or rub-out signal to main frame in the grouping of client computer error reporting.Main frame can be forbidden the reverse link audio stream by sampling rate value of being set to 255.When client machine system powers at first or connects, the default setting of supposition is forbidding reverse link audio stream.The form of an embodiment of reverse audio sample rates grouping has been shown in Figure 31.As shown in figure 31, by such constructed in groups for thering is block length, packet type, hClient ID, audio sample rates, reservation 1 and crc field.Usually be type 79 groupings by such group character, and use the preliminary election regular length of 4 bytes.

22. digital content protection expense grouping

This grouping provides a kind of structure, method or means that make main frame and client computer can exchange the message relevant to the digital content protection method just used.Imagined at present the content protecting of two types, DTCP (DTCP) or HDCP system (HDCP), and be that alternative protection scheme title has retained space in the future.The content protecting type parameter explanation of the method for using in this grouping.An embodiment form of digital content protection expense grouping has been shown in Figure 32.Shown in figure 32, by such constructed in groups for thering is block length, packet type, bClient ID, content protecting type, content protecting Overhead Message and crc field.Usually by such group character, be type 80 groupings.

23. transparent color is enabled grouping

It is that a kind of explanation which color in display that is used for is transparent that transparent color is enabled grouping, and enables or forbid structure, method or the means of utilizing transparent color to show image.Display this ability of report in the position 4 of the client computer feature capabilities indicator field of client capabilities grouping with this ability.When the pixel with transparent color-values is written into bitmap, color can not change from preceding value.Transparent color has been shown in Figure 33 and has enabled the form of grouping.As shown in figure 33, such constructed in groups is enabled, retains 1 for having block length, packet type, hClient ID, transparent color, Alpha's cursor identifier, data format descriptor symbol, transparent pixels value and crc field.In the type field of 1 byte, be type 81 groupings usually by such group character, and use the preliminary election regular length of 10 bytes.

24. round trip delay measurements grouping

The grouping of round trip delay measurements provides a kind of measurement propagation delay of (display) from the main frame to the client computer that is used for to add structure, method or the means of getting back to the delay of main frame from client computer (display).This measurement comprises the delay existed in line driver and receiver and interconnection subsystem inherently.This measurement is used for arranging turn-around delay and the reverse link rate divisor parameter in the reverse link encapsulating packets of large volume description above.When the MDDI link moves with the maximal rate for application-specific, this grouping is the most useful.Can under the Class1 pattern, with lower data speed, send grouping, thereby increase the scope that forms delay measurements that comes and goes.The behavior of described MDDI_Stb signal is as in following field, sending full remainder certificate: two guard times, full zero-sum measuring period.Do like this and make the data rate upset of MDDI_Stb with half, therefore can in measuring period, in client computer, MDDI_Stb be used as to periodic clock.

In one embodiment, the ability of supporting the grouping of round trip delay measurements is indicated in the position 18 in the client computer feature capabilities indicator field that client computer is divided into groups by client capabilities usually.The suggestion All Clients is all supported the round trip delay measurements, but main frame also may postpone and maximum drive device and receiver postpone to know the round trip delay under worst condition based on maximum cable.The round trip that main frame also can obtain in advance the MDDI link under internal schema postpones, and this is because this is an aspect in the Known designs key element of using the equipment of this interface (conductor length, circuit types and characteristic, etc.).

The form of round trip delay measurements grouping has been shown in Figure 34.As shown in figure 34, in one embodiment, by such constructed in groups for thering are block length, packet type, hClient ID, parameters C RC, guard time 1, measuring period, full zero-sum guard time 2 fields.Usually be type 82 groupings by such group character, and use the preliminary election regular length of 159.

The sequential of event during the grouping of round trip delay measurements has been shown in Figure 35.In Figure 35, main frame sends the grouping of round trip delay measurements, and the appearance that this parameters C RC by being followed by thereafter full zero-sum guard time 1 field and gating are aimed at field illustrates.Before described grouping arrives client computer display apparatus or treatment circuit, postpone 3502 generations.When client computer is received described grouping, client computer is transmitted the 0x0 pattern (pattern) of 0xff, 0xff and 30 bytes in the zero hour that is accurate to as far as possible actual measuring period, wherein starts this measuring period to be determined by client computer.Client computer start to send this sequence real time apart from the measuring period of seeing from the angle of main frame start delay is arranged.This retardation is that described grouping is used for being transmitted the spent time by line driver and receiver and interconnection subsystem (cable, wire) basically.For this pattern is transmitted back to main frame from client computer, experienced similar retardation 3504.

In order to determine exactly the round trip delay time of the signal of travelling to and fro between client computer, main frame is counted the number in the forward link bit time cycle of appearance after starting measuring period, until the beginning of the 0x0 sequence of 0xff, 0xff and 30 bytes detected, arrives.This information is used for determining the time quantum that round signal is passed to client computer and returns from main frame.Then, the delay half left and right of this quantity produced owing to the one way signal passage that arrives client computer.

During two guard times, main frame and client computer all are driven into circuit the logical zero level, to keep the MDDI_DATA circuit in defined state.During two guard times, main frame and client computer enable and the forbidding time make the MDDI_Data signal for any effective round trip delay time all in effective low level.

25. forward link departs from the calibration grouping

Forward link departs from the calibration grouping and allows client computer or display oneself to calibrate the propagation-delay differences of MDDI_Data signal according to described MDDI_Stb signal.In the situation that do not postpone runout compensation, maximum data rate normally limited to solve the variation under these worst cases potential in postponing.Usually only have when forward link data rate is configured to about 50Mbps or lower speed, just send this grouping.Sending this grouping so that after calibrating display, more than data rate can be increased to 50Mbps step by step.If data rate is set to too high during departing from calibration process, display likely is synchronized on the glitch (alias) of this bit period so, this can make the delay runout compensation be set to depart from more than one bit time, thereby causes the data clock mistake.Sending before forward link departs from the calibration grouping, the peak data rate type of option interface or the interface type of maximum likelihood, thus calibrate the data bit of all existence.

Forward link has been shown in Figure 56 and has departed from an embodiment who calibrates packet format.As shown in Figure 56, by such constructed in groups for thering are block length (2 byte), packet type, hClient ID, parameters C RC, complete 01, calibration data sequence and 02 fields entirely.In type field, be type 83 groupings usually by such group character, and there is in one embodiment 519 preselected length.

Virtual control panel

The certain user that the use of VCP allows main frame to arrange in client computer controls.By allowing to regulate these parameters by main frame, user interface in client computer is simplified, and this is because can generate and allow the user to regulate the screen-picture of the parameter such as volume or display brightness by host software rather than by the one or more microprocessors in client computer.Main frame has the parameter setting in the client computer of reading, and determines the ability of the valid value range of each control.Client computer has ability from the report of its control parameter that can regulate to main frame that return to.

The control routine generally designated (VCP code) and the data value be associated are used to illustrate control and the setting in client computer.It is 16 that VCP code in the MDDI standard is expanded, in order to keep correct data field to aim in the grouping definition, and supports the value of supplementing in the future, and described supplementary value is unique for this interface or enhancing in the future.

26. request VCP feature grouping

The grouping of request VCP feature provides a kind of means that make host request specifically control the Set For Current of parameter or all effective control parameters, mechanism or method.Usually, client computer utilizes suitable information in VCP feature acknowledgment packet to respond the VCP grouping.In one embodiment, client computer shows to support the ability of request VCP feature grouping with the position 20 of the client computer feature capabilities indicator field in the client capabilities grouping.

The form of request VCP feature grouping in an embodiment has been shown in Figure 69.As shown in Figure 69, by such constructed in groups for thering is block length, packet type, hClientID, monitor control command collection (MCCS) VCP code and crc field.In one embodiment, by such group character, be Class1 28 usually, this is to show in the type field of 2 bytes.The total amount of byte that does not comprise the block length field in block length explanation grouping, and for such grouping, this block length is fixed on the length of 8 bytes usually.

Described hClient id field is retained for client computer ID in realizing future and uses and usually be set to zero.Described MCCS VCP code field comprises the information of 2 bytes, for MCCS VCP control routine parameter is described.Value in 0 to 255 scope makes VCP feature acknowledgment packet return with single, and this single list item is the list item in the VCP feature answer List of the MCCS code corresponding to appointment.Be the feature answer List item of MCCS VCP code for asking a VCP feature acknowledgment packet with VCP feature answer List, described VCP feature answer List to comprise each control of being supported by client computer of 65535 (0xffff).For this field, 256 to 65534 value is retained for using in the future and not using at present.

27.VCP feature acknowledgment packet

VCP feature acknowledgment packet provides a kind of Set For Current that makes the client computer utilization specifically control parameter or all effective control parameters to respond the means of host request, mechanism or method.In general, client responds sends described VCP feature acknowledgment packet in request VCP feature grouping.This grouping, to determining the Set For Current of design parameter, is determined the concrete effective range of controlling, and determines whether client computer is supported concrete control or determined that the control set of being supported by client computer is very useful.If send the request VCP feature that relates to the concrete control do not realized in client computer, utilize so the single VCP feature answer List item corresponding with the unrealized control that comprises suitable error code to return to VCP feature acknowledgment packet.In one embodiment, described client computer shows to support the ability of VCP feature acknowledgment packet with the position 20 of the client computer feature capabilities indicator field of client capabilities grouping.

The form of the VCP feature acknowledgment packet in an embodiment has been shown in Figure 70.As shown in Figure 70, by such constructed in groups for thering is block length, packet type, cClientID, MCCS version, replying sequence number, VCP feature answer List and crc field.In one embodiment, by such group character, be Class1 29 usually, as shown in the type field in 2 bytes.

Described cClient id field comprises the information retained to client computer ID.This field is retained for using in the future and usually being set to zero.The information that the MCCS version field comprises 2 bytes, the version of the VESA MCCS standard realized by client computer for explanation.

Information or the data of replying the sequence number that sequence number field comprises the VCP feature acknowledgment packet returned by client computer of explanation of 2 bytes.Described client computer, in response to the request VCP feature grouping with MCCS control routine that value is 65535, return to one or more VCP feature acknowledgment packet.Described client computer can or transmit the feature answer List via a plurality of VCP feature acknowledgment packet expansions.In this case, client computer should be joined sequence number or identifier to each continuous separate component, and response single request VCP feature grouping and the sequence number of the VCP feature acknowledgment packet that sends is normally started from scratch and adds 1 at every turn.Last VCP feature answer List item in last VCP feature acknowledgment packet should comprise the MCCS VCP control routine value that equals 0xffff, in order to determine that described grouping is last and the highest sequence number that comprises the grouping group of returning.If only sent a VCP feature acknowledgment packet in response to the grouping of request VCP feature, the sequence number of replying in this single grouping is just zero so, and VCP feature answer List comprises the record with the MCCS VCP control routine that equals 0xffff.When the MCCSVCP control routine equals 0xffff, maximum and currency field (Figure 71) in the grouping of VCP feature answer List item are set to zero.

In list, the number of features field comprises 2 bytes, and for the number of the VCP feature answer List item of VCP feature answer List that this grouping is described, described VCP feature answer List field is the one group of byte that comprises one or more VCP feature answer List items.The form of single VCP feature answer List item in an embodiment has been shown in Figure 71.

As shown in Figure 71, the length of each VCP feature answer List item is 12 bytes, and comprises MCCS VCP code, object code, maximum and currency field.The MCCS VCP code field of 2 bytes comprises data or the information that the MCCS VCP control routine parameter be associated with this list items is described.For the present embodiment, just at VESA MCCS specification version 2 and the control routine value that defined in version afterwards, be considered to effective.The object code field of 2 bytes comprises for the information of error code is described, described error code is relevant to the information request that MCCS VCP about specified controls.Value ' 0 ' in this field means there is no mistake, is worth ' 1 ' and means that the control of appointment does not realize in client computer.Other value 2 to 65535 of this field is retained at present in order to use in the future and, for realizing other application of described field imagination, still do not use now.

The fixed MCCS of the maximum field list first finger of 4 bytes controls the maximum possible value that can be set to.If the control of asking is realizing in client computer, just this value is set to zero.If return value is less than 32 (4 bytes) on length, just described value is scaled to 32 integers, the highest effectively (not using) byte is set to zero.The information that the currency field of 4 bytes comprises the MCCS VCP currency that (C) or discontinuous (NC) controls continuously for appointment is described.But if the control of asking do not realize in client computer, or realized described control be table (T) data type, just this value is set to zero.If with regard to each VESA MCCS standard, return value is less than 32 (4 bytes) on length, just described value is scaled to 32 integers, and the highest effectively (not using) byte is set to zero.If the MCCS VCP code of appointment is corresponding to Noncontinuous control or table data type, the maximum field is set up or is chosen as zero so.

28. the grouping of VCP feature is set

Arranging that VCP feature grouping is provided for making main frame is continuous in client computer and discontinuous control arranges means, mechanism or the method for VCP controlling value.In one embodiment, described client computer shows to support to arrange the ability of VCP feature grouping with the position 13 of the client computer feature capabilities indicator field of client capabilities grouping.

Illustrated in Figure 72 in an embodiment form that the VCP feature is divided into groups has been set.As shown in Figure 72, by such constructed in groups, be quantity, controlling value list and the crc field with block length, packet type, hClientID, MCCS VCP code, list intermediate value.Usually by such group character, be Class1 30, as shown in the type field of 2 bytes, and the grouping of the type does not comprise that the block length field is 20 byte longs.

Described hClient id field reuses 2 byte values and illustrates or serve as client computer ID.This field is remained for using in the future and it is set to zero at present.The MCCS VCP control routine parameter that described MCCS VCP code field will be regulated with information or the value explanation of 2 bytes.Information or value that the amount field of the list intermediate value of described 2 bytes comprises the number for 16 place values that the controlling value list exists are described.Described controlling value list comprises one usually, unless the MCCS control routine relates to the table in client computer.In the situation that do not relate to the control of table, described controlling value list will comprise a value, and this value will write the new value by the control parameter of MCCS VCP code field appointment for explanation.For the control that relates to table, in the controlling value list, the form of data is that parametric description by the MCCSVCP code of appointment carrys out appointment.If described list comprises the value that is greater than a byte, so at first transmit least significant byte, this method with other local definition is consistent.Finally, 16 CRC that the crc field of 2 bytes comprises all bytes in grouping, comprising block length interior.

29. request actual parameter grouping

Means or the mechanism of actual parameter acknowledgment packet are returned in the grouping of request actual parameter as this client computer of request, this actual parameter acknowledgment packet comprises by specified NC or table (T) controls a parameter list of supporting.The control that this grouping only should be specified discontinuous control or relate to the table in client computer, and do not specify the MCCS VCP code value that the value that is used to specify all controls is 65535 (0xffff).Do not support or invalid MCCSVCP code if specified, just in the actual parameter acknowledgment packet, return to suitable improper value.In one embodiment, described client computer shows to support the ability of request actual parameter grouping with the position 20 of the client computer feature capabilities indicator field of client capabilities grouping.

The form of the request actual parameter grouping in an embodiment has been shown in Figure 73.As shown in Figure 73, by such constructed in groups for thering is block length, packet type, hClientID, MCCS VCP code and crc field.In one embodiment, by such group character, be Class1 31 usually, as shown in the type field in 2 bytes.

The block length shown in 2 byte packet length fields is set to have the total amount of byte in grouping usually, but does not comprise 8 bytes of block length field.Described hClient ID is specified client ID again, but, as apparent for those of ordinary skills, is retained at present the use for future, and is set to zero.2 byte MCCSVCP code fields comprise for the value of discontinuous MCCS VCP control routine parameter to be checked is described.Value in this field should be corresponding to the discontinuous control realized in client computer.Value 256 to 65535 (0xffff) usually is retained or is considered to invalid, and is considered to unconsummated control in errored response.

30. actual parameter acknowledgment packet

The actual parameter acknowledgment packet is in response to request actual parameter grouping and sends.It is controlled as the discontinuous MCCS VCP of identification or for means, method or the mechanism of effective setting of the control of the content of returning to table.If described control relates to the table in client computer, VCP parameter answer List only comprises the concrete list of requested order tabular value so.If the content of described table can't just in time be put single actual parameter acknowledgment packet into, just can send the sequential a plurality of groupings of replying sequence number of tool by client computer.In one embodiment, client computer shows to support the ability of actual parameter acknowledgment packet with the position 20 of the client computer feature capabilities indicator field of client capabilities grouping.

Main frame is the content of required list in such a way: main frame sends the VCP feature that arranges of a parameter that comprises necessity or needs and divides into groups, as read/write parameters, look-up table (LUT) skew and RGB select; Then by main frame, sent for the request actual parameter grouping of required control is described; Then client computer is returned to the one or more actual parameter acknowledgment packet that comprise these table data.This sequence of operation is carried out the function similar to the table read functions of describing in the MCCS operation model.

If client computer is not supported concrete client computer parameter, so in one embodiment, the respective field of this grouping will comprise value 255.For the parameter of using in client computer, corresponding field should comprise the parameter value in client computer.

Form for the actual parameter acknowledgment packet of an embodiment has been shown in Figure 74.As shown in Figure 74, by such constructed in groups, be to there is block length, packet type, cClientID, MCCS VCP code, response code, the quantity of replying sequence number, list intermediate value, VCP parameter answer List and crc field.For an embodiment, by such group character, be Class1 32 usually, as shown in the type field in 2 bytes.

Described cClient id field is reserved for client computer ID in the future, as according to above discuss can know like that, the MCCS VCP code grouping of 3 bytes comprises the value by the discontinuous MCCS VCP control routine parameter of this grouping description for explanation.If invalid MCCS VCP control routine has been specified in the grouping of request actual parameter, specify Invalid parameter value same in this field with the appropriate value in the response code field so.If described MCCS control routine is invalid, VCP parameter answer List will have the distance of zero mark degree so.

Information or value that described response code field comprises 2 bytes, the attribute of the response that its explanation is relevant to request, described request is the request about the information of specified MCCS VCP control.If the value in this field equals 0, to think so and do not have mistake for this data type, and sent the last actual parameter acknowledgment packet in the sequence, this grouping has the highest sequence number of replying.If the value in this field equals 1, think so and do not have mistake, but will send other actual parameter acknowledgment packet with higher sequence number.If the value in this field equals 2, think that so specified being controlled in client computer do not realize.If the value in this field equals 3, so specified control is not discontinuous control (it is a continuous control and has all the time from zero efficient set to its peaked all values).The value that equals this field of 4 to 65535 is retained for using in the future and usually not using.

2 bytes reply the sequence number that sequence number field is specified the actual parameter acknowledgment packet returned by client computer.Described client computer, in response to the grouping of a request actual parameter, return to one or more actual parameter acknowledgment packet.Described client computer can be replied described VCP parameter row and be expanded in whole a plurality of actual parameter acknowledgment packet.In a rear situation, the grouping Allotment Serial Number that client computer will be continuous to each, and in all groupings last grouping in sequence, response code is set to 1.Actual parameter acknowledgment packet last in sequence will have the highest sequence number of replying, and the value that described response code comprises is 0.

The number of 16 place values that exist in the described VCP parameter of the list intermediate value quantity explanation of field answer List of 2 bytes.If described response code is not equal to zero, the parameter of the quantity of list intermediate value so is zero.2 byte values that described VCP parameter answer List field comprises row 0 to 32760, for showing the effective value set by the discontinuous control of MCCS control routine field appointment.Provided the definition of discontinuous control routine in the VESAMCCS standard.Finally, in this embodiment, 16 CRC that described crc field comprises all bytes in grouping, comprising block length interior.

The scalable video stream picture

Described MDD interface or protocol, structure, means or method provide support to the scalable video stream picture, it allows main frame to send and compare the image zoomed in or out in proportion with original image to client computer, and described scalable image (the scaled image) is copied to the master image buffer.Other places that are summarized in to the function of scalable video streams (scaled video stream) and the agreement support that is associated provide.Support the ability of scalable video streams to be defined within the scalable video streams Competency Division sent in response to the grouping of request particular state or by its definition.

The header of scalable video streams grouping discussed below is slightly different from the stream of video packets of simplifying, and wherein the header of this stream of video packets of simplifying comprises and shows the necessary complete context of image.Scalable video flow point group defines the size of source and destination window and the parameter of position with setting up grouping, and divides into groups to send pixel data with independent scalable video streams.The client computer distribution is flowed relevant storage inside to store from the stream parameter of setting up grouping and to flow relevant partial pixel data with each to each.Each flows required memory space and will depend on the size of source and destination image and change in the value of setting up specified in packets.In this reason, agreement is designed such that client computer can realize dynamic Memory Allocation for the storage assignment relevant to each scalable video streams.

Send video flowing to the display with size intrinsic for program source, and to make this display convergent-divergent or locate this image in the mode that is suitable for specific terminal applies be very useful.The real-time convergent-divergent of realizing a plurality of video images is enough complicated in order to can support optional feature in this client computer.

31. scalable video streams Competency Division

The scalable video streams Competency Division defined in the client computer or by the characteristic of the scalable video streams source images of its use.Show generally the form of scalable video streams Competency Division in Figure 75.As shown in Figure 75, in one embodiment, the scalable video streams Competency Division is constructed to have block length, the maximum X size of packet type, cClient ID, maximum fluxion, source, the maximum Y size in source, RGB ability, monochromatic ability, retains 1, Y Cr Cb ability, retains 2 and crc field.In one embodiment, 20 bytes that block length is selected as fixing, as shown in length field, it comprises cClient id field and the crc field of 2 bytes, wherein the cClient id field is retained the use for client computer ID, otherwise is set to zero.In one embodiment, described client computer shows with the parameter value 143 in actual parameter answer List in the grouping of effective status answer List the ability that it supports the scalable video streams Competency Division.

The value of the maximum number that the max-flow digital section of 2 bytes comprises synchronous scalable video streams that can primary distribution for sign.In one embodiment, if the maximum number of scalable video streams is assigned with, client computer should refuse to distribute the request of scalable video streams so.If distributed the scalable video streams that is less than maximum number, client computer can also refuse to distribute request by other resource limitation based in client computer so.

The maximum X size in source and Y size field (2 byte) are specified respectively the value that means Breadth Maximum and the height of scalable video streams source images with pixel quantity.

The RGB capable field is worth to specify the figure place of the resolution that can show according to rgb format with some.If scalable video streams can't be used rgb format, this value is set to equal zero so.Described RGB ability word comprises that three independently without value of symbol: the maximum number of digits of blue (blue intensities) in 3 to 0 each pixel of definition of position, the maximum number of digits of each pixel Green (green intensity) of position 7 to 4 definition, the maximum number of digits of red (red color intensity) in 11 to 8 each pixel of definition of position, and position 15 to 12 is retained for defining for ability in the future from now on, usually be set to zero.

The value of the figure place that the monochromatic capable field of 1 byte comprises the resolution that can show according to monochrome format for explanation.If scalable video streams can't be used monochrome format, this value is zero so.Position 7 to 4 is retained for using in the future, and therefore for current application, should be set to zero (' 0 '), and this value can change in time certainly, as it will be appreciated by those skilled in the art that.The maximum number of digits of the gray scale that can exist in 3 to 0 each pixel of definition of position.This four potential energy enough illustrates that each pixel comprises 1 to 15.If described value is zero, scalable video streams is not supported described monochrome format so.

Retaining 1 field (being 1 byte) here is retained in the future for the value relevant to scalable video streams grouping information or data is provided.Therefore, at present, all positions in this field all are set to logic ' 0 '.A purpose of this field is to allow all follow-up 2 byte field aim at 16 word addresss, allows 4 byte field aim at 32 word addresss.

The value of the figure place that the Y Cb Cr capable field of 2 bytes comprises the resolution that can show according to Y Cb Cr form for explanation.If scalable video streams can't be used Y Cb Cr form, this value is zero so.Described Y Cb Cr ability word comprises that three independently without value of symbol: position 3 to 0 has defined for the maximum number of digits of Cr sampling is described; Position 7 to 4 has defined for the maximum number of digits of Cb sampling is described; Position 11 to 8 has defined for the maximum number of digits of Y sampling is described; Position 15 to 12 is retained for using in the future and usually being set to zero.

The capabilities bits field of 1 byte comprises 8 signless integers, the sign that it comprises one group of ability be associated with scalable video streams for explanation.Described sign is defined as follows: the pixel data that position 0 has covered in the scalable video streams grouping can be the situation of packing form.Packing and example byte-aligned pixel data have been shown in previous Figure 12.Position 1 is retained for using in the future and being set to zero; Position 2 also is retained for future and is set to zero; Position 3 has covered scalable video streams can be according to the situation of color map data format appointment.Color map for scalable video streams is identical with the color map for main frame buffer and described Alpha's cursor glyph plane.Use other local configurable described color map of color map grouping of describing; And position 7 to 4 is retained for using in the future and usually being set to zero.

Retaining 2 fields (being 1 byte) here is retained in the future for the value relevant to scalable video streams grouping information or data is provided.Therefore, at present, all positions in this field all are set to logic ' 0 '.A purpose of this field is to allow all follow-up 2 byte field aim at 16 word addresss, allows 4 byte field aim at 32 word addresss.

32. scalable video streams is set up grouping

Scalable video streams is set up grouping the parameter that is used for defining scalable video streams is provided, and client computer distributes internal storage by described information so that means, structure or the method for buffer memory and the described image of convergent-divergent.Send by utilization the grouping that wherein the X image is big or small and Y image size field is zero, can remove the distribution of convection current.The scalable video streams deallocated can utilize same or different stream parameter to redistribute after a while.In one embodiment, parameter value 143 in the actual parameter answer List of client computer use effective status answer List grouping, and, by the nonzero value in the max-flow digital section that uses the scalable video streams Competency Division, show the ability that it supports scalable video streams foundation grouping.

Figure 76 totally shows the form that scalable video streams is set up grouping.As shown in Figure 76, in one embodiment, scalable video streams sets up that grouping is constructed to have block length, edge at the bottom of packet type, hClient ID, stream ID, video data format descriptor symbol, pixel data attribute, the left edge of X, edge, Y top, the right edge of X, Y, X image are big or small, Y image size and crc field.

The block length explanation of field of 2 bytes do not comprise the total amount of byte of block length field in the grouping.In one embodiment, the block length of this grouping is fixed as 24.The packet type field use value 136 of 2 bytes is that scalable video streams arranges grouping by described group character.The hClient id field of 2 bytes is retained for using in the future, and temporarily usually with the logic null value, all positions is set, or knows that the agreement user has determined the ID value that will use, as situation about will understand that.

The stream id field is used the unique identifier of 2 byte explanation stream ID.This value is by host assignment, and changes in the scope from the zero max-flow ID value to the client capabilities specified in packets.Described main frame is the use of management flow ID value carefully, in order to guarantee that the stream of each activation is assigned with unique value, and guarantees that the stream of reactivation is not disengaged distribution or redistributes.

In one embodiment, the form of each pixel of pixel data in the current stream of video data format descriptor symbol use 2 bytes explanation current group.The pixel data form must meet defined Alpha's cursor glyph plane in Alpha's cursor glyph Competency Division, or as in other above-mentioned groupings by least one valid format of architecturally-defined other predefine image models.Described video data format descriptor symbol only defines the pixel format of current group, and be not implicitly included between operating period of particular video stream, will not continue to use constant form.It is an embodiment how encoding that Figure 11 shows the video data format descriptor symbol, and the above discussion for other groupings.

For example, as Figure 12 A, to as shown in 12D and with in one embodiment, when position [15:13] equals " 000 ", video data comprises a collection of include monochrome pixels, and wherein, the position 3 to 0 of video data format descriptor symbol word has defined the figure place of each pixel.Position 11 to 4 is generally uses in the future or application and reserve, is made as in this case zero.When position [15:13] equals " 001 ", video data comprises a collection of colored pixels, and each means a kind of color through color diagram (palette).In this case, the position 5 to 0 of video data format descriptor symbol word has defined the figure place of each pixel, and position 11 to 6 is generally uses or application and reserve in the future, and is set as zero.When position [15:13] equals " 010 ", video data comprises a collection of colored pixels, and wherein, position 11 to 8 has defined the figure place of each red pixel, and position 7 to 4 has defined the figure place of each green pixel, and position 3 to 0 has defined the figure place of each blue pixel.In this case, the total bit in each pixel is as green, blue and red figure place sum.

But, when position [15:13] value of equaling or string " 011 ", as shown in Figure 12 D, video data comprises a collection of video data that form is 4:2:2 YcbCr, it has brightness and chrominance information, and wherein, the figure place of each luminance pixel (Y) is by position 11 to 8 definition, the figure place of Cb component is by bit 7 to 4 definition, and the figure place of Cr component is by position 3 to 0 definition.Total bit in each pixel is as red, green and blue figure place sum.The transmission rate of Cb and Cr component is half of Y.In addition, the video sampling in the pixel data part of this grouping is as undertissue: Cbn, Yn, Crn, Yn+1, Cbn+2, Yn+2, Crn+2, Yn-K3, and wherein Cbn and Crn are associated with Yn and Yn+1, and Cbn+2 and Crn+2 are associated with Yn+2 and Yn+3, etc.Yn, Yn+1, Yn+2 and Yn+3 are the brightness values of four contiguous pixels from left to right in a line.

For all four kinds of forms discussed above, the position 12 that is designated as in the drawings " P " means that the pixel data sampling is through packing or byte-aligned pixel data." 0 " value representation in this field, each pixel and MDDI byte boundary in the pixel data field are byte-aligned." 1 " value representation, every kind of color in each pixel in pixel data and each pixel is with respect to last pixel or do not reserve and pack by the color in the pixel of bit.

In one embodiment, the value that the pixel data attribute field of 2 bytes has is soluble as follows: position 1 and 0 is retained in the future, usually is set to now logical zero, and position 2 shows that pixel data is in interlaced format.When position 2 is 0, pixel data is in the standard progressive format.When from a line, advancing to next line, line number (pixel Y coordinate) adds 1.When position 2 is 1, pixel data is in interlaced format.When from a line, advancing to next line, line number (pixel Y coordinate) adds 2.In one embodiment, position 3 shows that pixel data is in the alternate picture dot form.This is similar to the standard interlaced mode that position 2 starts, but the interlacing here is vertical rather than level.When position 3 is 0, pixel data is created on or in standard pixel format line by line.When receiving each contiguous pixels, row number (pixel X coordinate) add 1.Position 3 is 1 o'clock, and pixel data is created on or in the alternate picture dot form.When receiving each pixel, row number (pixel X coordinate) add 2.

Position 4 to 15 also is retained in the future, and usually is set to logical zero level or value for current application or design.

33. scalable video streams is confirmed grouping

Scalable video streams confirms that grouping allows client computer to confirm that receiving scalable video streams arranges grouping.Described client computer shows via the parameter value 143 in the actual parameter answer List of effective status answer List grouping and via the nonzero value in the max-flow digital section of scalable video streams Competency Division the ability that it supports scalable video streams confirmation grouping.

Figure 77 shows the form that scalable video streams is confirmed grouping.As shown in Figure 77, in one embodiment, scalable video streams is confirmed to constructed in groups becomes to have block length grouping, packet type, cClient ID, stream ID, ACK code and crc field.The block length of 2 bytes has illustrated the total amount of byte that does not comprise the block length field in the grouping, and, for this packet type, the block length value is 10, and packet type 137 is that scalable video streams is confirmed grouping by this group character.

The cClient id field of 2 bytes is retained in the future, and usually is set to zero.The stream id field of 2 bytes has illustrated the unique identifier of stream ID.With scalable video streams, that the value by host assignment is set in grouping is identical for this.

The confirmation code field of 2 bytes provides the value that comprises a code, and this code is for describing the result of the scalable video streams attempt to upgrade appointment.In one embodiment, described code defines as follows:

0-stream distributes trial and success.

1-stream deallocates trial and success.

It is invalid that 2-attempts the distribution of a stream ID who has distributed.

It is invalid that 3-attempts deallocating of a stream ID who has deallocated.

The 4-client computer is not supported scalable video streams

5-stream parameter and client capabilities are inconsistent.

6-stream ID value is greater than the maximum that client computer allows.

The 7-client computer does not have enough resources can be used for distributing the stream of appointment.

The crc field of 2 bytes has comprised this grouping and has comprised the CRC of block length in interior all bytes.

34. scalable video streams grouping

The scalable video streams grouping is used for transmitting the pixel data be associated with specific scalable video streams.The area size that this grouping relates to arranges the grouping definition by scalable video streams.Parameter value 143 in the actual parameter answer List of described client computer use effective status answer List grouping, and the scalable video streams assignment response of the success in the confirmation code field of confirming to divide into groups via scalable video streams, show the ability that it supports scalable video streams grouping.

Figure 78 shows the form of an embodiment of scalable video streams grouping.As shown in Figure 78, by the scalable video streams constructed in groups for thering is block length, packet type, hClient ID, stream ID, pixel data attribute, pixel counts, parameters C RC, pixel data and pixel data crc field.The packet type field use value 18 of 2 bytes is the scalable video streams grouping by this group character.The hClient id field retains for client computer ID, and usually is set to zero.As previously mentioned, the stream id field of 2 bytes has illustrated the unique identifier of stream ID.This value arranges in grouping by the main frame appointment at scalable video streams, and confirms to be identified in grouping at scalable video streams.In one embodiment, the pixel data attribute field of 2 bytes has the value of specified pixel data route and display update or register location.These values are in one embodiment:

In one embodiment, the pixel data attribute field of 2 bytes has the value of specified pixel data route and display update or register location.In one embodiment, these values will be explained as follows: the display of position 1 and 0 for selecting pixel data to be routed to.For bit value 11 or 00, pixel data is shown to two eyes, for bit value 10, only pixel data is routed to left eye, for bit value 01, only data are routed to right eye.

Position 7 and 6 is display updated spaces, be used to specify will the writing pixel data frame buffer.In other local effectiveness of descriptor frame updated space in further detail.When position [7:6] is " 01 ", pixel data is written into the offline image buffer.When position [7:6] is " 00 ", pixel data is written into the frame buffer for refresh display.If position [7:6] is " 10 ", this is considered invalid value.These positions are retained in the future.Under certain conditions, pixel data is left in the basket and does not write any frame buffer.Position 2 to 5 and 8 to 15 is retained for using in the future, and usually is set up logical zero level or a value.

The pixel counts explanation of field of 2 bytes number of pixels in the pixel data field.The parameters C RC field of 2 bytes has the CRC of all bytes from the block length to the pixel counts.If this CRC fails by verification, just abandon whole grouping.The pixel data field of 2 bytes comprises will convergent-divergent and shown original video information subsequently.Data are according to being formatd by the described mode of video data format descriptor symbol field.Transmit the described data of a line according to previously defined mode at every turn.

The pixel data crc field of 2 bytes only comprises the CRC to pixel data.If this CRC fails by verification, so described pixel data still can be used, but the crc error counting increases.

35. request particular state grouping

The request particular state is grouped into main frame and provides for requesting clients and ability or status packet are sent back to means, mechanism or the method for main frame according to the mode of this specified in packets.Client computer is returned to the grouping of specified type in next reverse link encapsulating packets.If described client computer has the ability of this request particular state grouping of response, client computer will arrange the position 17 in the client computer feature capabilities field in the grouping of grouping client capabilities so.The method easily of all status packet types that a kind of main frame is used for determining that client computer can be returned or transmit is to use the effective status answer List grouping of describing elsewhere.The position 21 of the client computer feature capabilities field that client computer can be divided into groups by the grouping client capabilities shows the ability that it supports the grouping of request particular state.

Figure 79 shows the form of an embodiment of request particular state grouping.Grouping, as shown in Figure 79, will ask the particular state constructed in groups for having block length, packet type, hClientID, status packet ID and crc field.The block length explanation of field do not comprise the total amount of byte of block length field in the grouping, and, for this packet type, block length is the value of being fixed as 10 usually.Packet type 138 groupings are described group character the grouping of request particular state.HClient ID (2 byte) field is retained for client computer ID use in future, and is set to now zero, and the status packet id field of 2 bytes has illustrated that client computer will send to the ability of main frame or the type of status packet.Typical packet type is:

The grouping client capabilities grouping that 66-is sent by client computer.

Alpha's cursor glyph Competency Division that 133-is sent by client computer.

The effective status answer List grouping that 139-sends, for identifying ability that client computer can send and the accurate type of status packet.

The individual that 141-is sent by the client computer client capabilities grouping of dividing into groups.

The client computer error reporting grouping that 142-is sent by client computer.

The scalable video streams Competency Division that 143-is sent by client computer.

The client identifying grouping that 144-is sent by client computer.

Packet type 56 to 63 can be for particular manufacturer ability and status identifier.

Crc field also comprises the CRC of all bytes in the grouping that comprises block length.

36. effective status answer List grouping

Effective status answer List grouping provides and has made main frame have a series of states that client computer has the ability to return and structure, means or the method for Competency Division.Client computer can show the ability that it supports the grouping of effective status answer List with the position 21 of the client computer feature capabilities field in the grouping of grouping client capabilities.

Figure 80 shows the form of an embodiment of effective status answer List grouping.As shown in Figure 80, by effective status answer List constructed in groups, be quantity, actual parameter answer List and the crc field with block length, packet type, cClient ID, list intermediate value.The block length of the grouping of this type is fixed as numerical value 10 usually, and types value 139 is the effective status acknowledgment packet by this group character.The cClient id field is retained for being used as in the future client computer ID, and usually is set to zero.The amount field of the list intermediate value of 2 bytes has illustrated the number of project in actual parameter answer List subsequently.

The list that actual parameter answer List field comprises 2 byte parameters, it can send to the ability of main frame or the type of status packet for client computer is described.If client computer shown it can the response request particular state grouping (utilizing the position 21 of the client computer feature capabilities field in the grouping of grouping client capabilities), it can send at least divide into groups client capabilities grouping (packet type=66) and effective status answer List divide into groups (packet type=139) so.Can send and can be included in by client computer that in packet type in this list and the present embodiment, it distributes purpose to be separately:

The grouping of 66-grouping client capabilities.

133-Alpha cursor glyph Competency Division.

139-effective status answer List grouping, for identifying ability that client computer can send and the accurate type of status packet.

141-people's display capabilities grouping.

The grouping of 142-client computer error reporting.

143-scalable video streams Competency Division.

The grouping of 144-client identifying.

Other display capabilities groupings of 145-.

Packet type 56 to 63 can be used for particular manufacturer ability and status identifier.

Crc field comprises the CRC that grouping comprises all bytes in the block length grouping.

37. individual people's display capabilities grouping

The grouping of individual's display capabilities provides one group of parameter, for describing the ability such as the individual display apparatus of head-mounted display or display glasses.This makes main frame to carry out self-defined demonstration information according to the concrete ability of client computer.On the other hand, client computer shows that by the relevant parameter in the actual parameter answer List with the grouping of effective status answer List it can send the ability of individual display capabilities grouping.

Figure 81 shows the form of an embodiment of individual display capabilities grouping.As shown in Figure 81, but by individual display capabilities constructed in groups for thering is block length, packet type, cClientID, described subpixel layouts, primitive shape, horizontal field of view, vertical field of view optical axis intersection, left/right image, transparency (see through), high-high brightness, optical power, minimum IPD, maximum IPD, the list of field curvature point and crc field.In one embodiment, this block length is fixed as 68.Classes of packets offset 141 is individual display capabilities grouping by group character.The cClient id field is retained for using in the future, and usually is set to now zero.

The subpixel layouts field is used following value pine torch pixel from top to bottom and physical layout from left to right, wherein: use 0 to show subpixel layouts undefined; Use 1 to show redness, green, blue stripe; Use 2 to show blueness, green, red streak; Use 3 four pixels that show to have 2 * 2 arrangement of subpixels, this is arranged as red in top left side, and blue in the right side, bottom and two green sub-pixels, one of them green sub-pixels is positioned at bottom left, and another is positioned at top right side; By 4 four pixels that show to have 2 * 2 arrangement of subpixels, this arrangement comprise red in bottom left, it is blue that in top right side and two green sub-pixels, one of them is positioned at top left side, another is in the right side, bottom; Show Δ (Delta) (tlv triple) with 5; With 6 mosaics that for example show, with red, green and blue overlapping (, utilizing a LCOS of order color to show); And being worth 7 to 255 is retained for future usually.

The primitive shape field is used following value that the shape of each pixel that the sub-pixel by customized configuration forms has been described, wherein: with 0, show that sub-pixel shape is undefined; Use 1 to show circle; Use 2 to show square; Use 3 to show rectangle; With 4, show avette; Show ellipse with 5; And be worth 6 to 255 and be retained in the future for showing needed shape, such just as one of ordinary skill understood.

The horizontal field of view of 1 byte (HFOV) explanation of field the horizontal field of view increased progressively with 0.5 degree (for example,, if HFOV is 30 degree, its value is 60 so).If its value is zero, do not specify so HFOV.

The vertical field of view of 1 byte (VFOV) explanation of field the vertical field of view increased progressively with 0.5 degree (for example,, if VFOV is 30 degree, its value is 60 so).If its value is zero, do not specify so VFOV.

The optical axis of 1 byte has intersected explanation of field the optical axis intersection increased progressively with 0.01 diopter (l/m) (for example, be 2.22 meters if the optical axis intersects, its value is 45 so).If its value is zero, the optical axis intersects does not specify.

The left/right doubling of the image explanation of field of 1 byte left and right doubling of the image percentage.The percentage of the permissible range of the doubling of the image is 1 to 100.Value 101 to 255 is invalid and does not usually use.If its value is zero, specify image is not overlapping so.

The transparency of 1 byte (see through) explanation of field the transparency percentage of image.The percentage of the permissible range of transparency is 0 to 100.Value 101 to 254 is invalid and will can use.If its value is 255, transparency percentage is not just specified so.The high-high brightness explanation of field of 1 byte the high-high brightness increased progressively with 20 nits (for example,, if high-high brightness is 100 nits, its value is 5 so).If its value is zero, high-high brightness is just not designated so.

The various field of the optical power attribute field of 2 bytes-comprise explanation display optics ability.Usually distribute these value according to following situation:

Position 15 to 5 is retained for future, usually is set to zero.

The glasses focus adjustment is selected in position 4, and 0 value means that display does not have the glasses focus adjustment.1 value means that display has the glasses focus adjustment.

The binocular function is selected according to following situation in position 3 to 2: numerical value 0 means that display is binocular, and only to show 2 dimensions (2D) image; Numerical value 1 means that display is binocular, and can show 3 dimensions (3D) image; Numerical value 2-means that described display is monocular, and numerical value 3 is retained for future.

Position 1 to 0 selection left and right fields of vision curvature symmetry, numerical value 0-value means not definition of field curvature.If this field is zero, all field curvature values from A1 to E5 except a C3 are set to zero so, the focal length of some C3 designated display, or it is set to zero designated in order to show that focal length does not have.Numerical value 1-means that the left and right display has identical symmetry.Numerical value 2-means left and right display mirror image each other on vertical axis (row C).Numerical value 3 is retained for using in the future.

Minimum interocular distance (IPD) field of 1 byte for take millimeter (mm) as unit specifies minimum interocular distance.If its value is zero, so minimum interocular distance does not have designated.The maximum pupil spacing (IPD) of 1 byte is specified the maximum pupil spacing for take millimeter (mm) as unit.If its value is zero, the maximum pupil spacing does not have designated so.

The parameter that field curvature point list field comprises 25 2 bytes of row, take millesimal diopter (l/m) for the scope 1 to 65535 and specify focal length (for example, 1 is 0.001 diopter, and 65535 is 65.535 diopters) as unit.25 elements in the list of field curvature point are marked as A1 to E5, as shown in Figure 82.Described point should be uniformly distributed on the active region of display.Row C is corresponding to the longitudinal axis of display, and row 3 is corresponding to the transverse axis of display.Row A and E correspond respectively to the edge, left and right of display.And row 1 and 5 corresponds respectively to top and the edge, the end of display.In list, the order of 25 points is: A1, B1, C1, D1, E1, A2, B2, C2, D2, E2, A3, B3, C3, D3, E3, A4, B4, C4, D4, E4, A5, B5, C5, D5, E5.

Crc field comprises grouping and comprises the CRC of block length in interior all bytes.

38. client computer error reporting grouping

The grouping of client computer error reporting is served as for allowing client computer that mechanism or the means of one row operating mistake are provided to main frame.As receive the result of some order from main frame, client computer can detect the various mistakes under its normal operation.These wrong examples comprise: client computer has obtained operating in pattern that order do not support at it; Described client computer may receive the grouping that comprises some parameter, and these parameters exceed client capabilities or scope; Described client computer may obtain order and enter a kind of pattern according to incorrect sequence.The grouping of described client computer error reporting can be used for detecting the mistake during normal running, but to system planner and integrator diagnosis problem in the exploitation of main frame and client machine system and integrating process the most usefully.Described client computer shows that with the parameter value 142 in the actual parameter answer List of effective status answer List grouping it sends the ability of display error reporting grouping.

Figure 83 shows the form of an embodiment of client computer error reporting data.As shown in Figure 83, by client computer error reporting data configuration for thering is block length, packet type, cClientID, list item number, error code list and crc field.Classes of packets offset 142 is the grouping of client computer error reporting by a group character.The cClient id field is retained in the future, and usually is set to now zero.List item number (2 byte) explanation of field the number of project in error code list subsequently.Error code list field (8 bytes here) is a list that comprises one or more error reporting list items.Figure 84 shows the form of single error report list items.

In one embodiment, as shown in Figure 84, each error reporting list items is just in time 4 bytes on length, and in one embodiment, it has such structure, comprise: 2 byte display error code field of the type of error of reporting for explanation, the 2 byte error subcode fields of the more detailed details relevant with the mistake by client computer error code grouping definition for explanation.The specific definition of each client computer error code is by manufacturer's definition of client computer.Needn't be each display error code definition error subcode, and, in the situation that wrong subcode is not defined, described value be set to zero.The specific definition of each wrong subcode is by manufacturer's definition of client computer.

39. client identifying grouping

The client identifying grouping allows client responds to divide into groups to return identification data in the request particular state.In one embodiment, client computer shows to send the ability of client identifying grouping with the parameter value 144 in the actual parameter answer List of effective status answer List grouping.Can be by reading these data from client computer, and determine manufacturer's title and the model of client devices, for main frame, be very useful.Described information can be used for determining whether client computer has the special ability that can't describe in the grouping of grouping client capabilities.General two kinds of possible methods, means or the mechanism of existing is for reading identifying information from client computer.A kind of is by dividing into groups to realize by the grouping client capabilities, and the field that this grouping client capabilities grouping comprises is similar to those fields in basic EDID structure.Another method is the client identifying grouping that comprises the information aggregate that in score group client Competency Division, similar field is abundanter by use.It allows main frame identification not to be assigned with the manufacturer of 3 character EISA codes, and allows sequence number to comprise alphanumeric character.

Figure 85 shows the form of an embodiment of client identifying grouping.As shown in Figure 85, by the client identifying constructed in groups for thering is block length, packet type, cClient ID, manufacturing week, year built, manufacturer's title length, name of product length, sequence number length, manufacturer's title character string, sequence number character string and crc field.

The packet type field of 2 bytes comprises the value for being the client identifying grouping to group character.In one embodiment, this value is chosen as to 144.Described cClient id field (2 byte) also is retained in the future for client computer ID, and usually is set to zero.16 CRC that crc field (2 byte) comprises all bytes in the grouping that comprises block length.

The value that the manufacture week field of 1 byte comprises the week for defining display manufacturing.In at least one embodiment, if client computer is supported this field, this value is within 1 to 53 scope so.If client computer is not supported this field, it is set to zero so usually.The value that the year built field of 1 byte comprises the time for defining client computer (display) manufacture.This value is the deviation value from the nineteen ninety as starting point, can certainly use other standard year.This field can mean the time in 1991 to 2245 scopes.For example, within 2003, corresponding to the year built, be worth 13.If client computer is not supported this field, it is set to zero so usually.

Manufacturer's title length, name of product length and sequence number length field all comprise the value of 2 bytes, be respectively used to illustrate the length that comprises any empty full stop or empty manufacturer's title character string field of filling character, comprise the length of any empty full stop or empty name of product character string field of filling character, and the length that comprises any empty full stop or empty sequence number character string field of filling character.

Manufacturer's title character string, name of product character string and sequence number character string field all comprise respectively the variable byte number by the length field appointment of manufacturer's title, name of product and sequence number, and comprise ascii string, be respectively used to illustrate manufacturer, name of product and display alphanumeric sequence number.Each of these character strings stops by least one null character (NUL).

Optional 40. (alternate) display capabilities grouping

The selectable display Competency Division shows to be connected in the ability of the selectable display of MDDI client computer controller.This grouping is in response to request particular state grouping and sends.When being prompted, client devices is that each supported selectable display sends the selectable display Competency Division.If client computer has more than a selectable display, client computer should send, generate or provide a plurality of selectable display Competency Divisions in response to the grouping of single request particular state so, each display provides one, certainly some configurations can be used a plurality of request particular state groupings as required, and this is inadequate certainly.Described client computer can send the selectable display Competency Division in the mode that is referred to as non-sequential order according to the value of selectable display field.Described client computer can show that via the parameter value 145 in the actual parameter answer List of effective status answer List grouping it sends the ability of selectable display Competency Division.

For the MDDI system according to the internal schema operation, it is very general having more than one the display that is connected to MDDI client computer controller.To be mobile phone have larger display and externally have than small displays renovating inside for exemplary application.The client computer of internal schema needn't be returned to the selectable display Competency Division, and reason has two.One, during safeguarding, main frame may be programmed or learn these abilities, because they are used in common equipment or shell.Its two, owing to integrating, client computer can not be at an easy rate with disconnect or separate to being connected of main frame, main frame can comprise the hard coded copy of client capabilities, perhaps, at least know that they do not change with the variation of client computer, otherwise just may this thing happens.

The selectable display number field of client capabilities grouping is used for reporting the more than one display connected, and the selectable display Competency Division is reported the ability of each selectable display.Described stream of video packets comprises 4 so that each selectable display in the access customer machine equipment in the pixel data attribute field.

Figure 89 shows the form of an embodiment of selectable display Competency Division.As shown in Figure 86, the selectable display Competency Division is configured to have block length, packet type, cClientID, selectable display number, retains 1, bitmap width, bitmap height, indicator gate width, indicator gate height, color map RGB width, RGB ability, monochromatic ability, retains 2, Y Cb Cr ability, display characteristics ability, retains 3 and crc field.Classes of packets offset 145 is the selectable display Competency Division by a group character.The cClient id field is retained for client computer ID in future, and usually is set to zero.

The selectable display field is used 1 byte, shows the identity of selectable display with the integer in 0 to 15 scope.It is No. 0 that the first selectable display generally designates, and other selectable display identifies by the value of unique selectable display number, and maximum is that the selectable display sum deducts 1.Should not use and be greater than the selectable display sum and deduct 1 value.For example: there is basic display unit and there is a selectable display with the mobile phone that is connected to the caller ID display of MDDI client computer, therefore the selectable display number of caller ID display is zero, and the value of the selectable display number field of display capabilities grouping is 1.

Retain that 1 field (1 byte) is retained for future.All positions in this field all are set to zero.The purpose of this field is to allow all follow-up 2 byte field aim at 16 word addresss, allows 4 byte field aim at 32 word addresss.

The bitmap width field illustrates the bitmap width meaned with number of pixels by 2 bytes.The bitmap height field illustrates the bitmap height meaned with number of pixels by 2 bytes.Display window width field illustrates the display window width meaned with number of pixels by 2 bytes.The display window height field illustrates the display window height meaned with number of pixels by 2 bytes.

The figure place of redness, green and blue color component that color map RGB width field can show according to color map (palette) display mode with 2 byte explanations.Each color component (red, green and blue) can be used at most 8.Even if send 8 of each color component in color map grouping, also only use the figure place of the least significant bit of each color component defined in this field.If the display client computer can't be used color map (palette) form, this value is zero so.Described color map RGB width word comprises that three independently without value of symbol:

Blue maximum number of digits in 3 to 0 each pixel of definition of position, and numerical value 0 to 8 is considered to effective.The maximum number of digits of position 7 to 4 each pixel Green of definition, and numerical value 0 to 8 is considered to effective.Red maximum number of digits in 11 to 8 each pixel of definition of position, and numerical value 0 to 8 is considered to effective.When position 14 to 12 is retained for future and usually is set to zero.The ability of the color map pixel data of packing or the form of not packing is accepted for showing client computer in position 15.When position 15 is set to the logical one level, it shows that client computer can accept packing or the color map pixel data of the form of not packing.If position 15 is set to the logical zero level, it shows client computer can only accept the not pack color map pixel data of form.

The figure place of the resolution that the RGB capable field can show according to rgb format with 2 byte explanations.In one embodiment, if client computer can't be used rgb format, this value is zero so.Described RGB ability word comprises that three independently without value of symbol: the maximum number of digits of blue (blue intensities) in 3 to 0 each pixel of definition of position.The maximum number of digits of each pixel Green (green intensity) of position 7 to 4 definition.The maximum number of digits of red (red color intensity) in 11 to 8 each pixel of definition of position.Position 14 to 12 is retained for future and is set to zero.The ability of the rgb pixel data of packing or the form of not packing is accepted for showing client computer in position 15.When position 15 is set to the logical one level, it shows that client computer can accept packing or the rgb pixel data of the form of not packing.If position 15 is set to the logical zero level, it shows the client computer format color mapping pixel data of can only accepting not pack.

Value or information that the monochromatic capable field of 1 byte comprises the figure place for specifying the resolution that can show according to monochrome format.If client computer can't be used monochrome format, this value is zero so.Position 6 to 4 is retained for future and usually is set to zero.The maximum number of digits of the gray scale that can exist in 3 to 0 each pixel of definition of position.This four potential energy enough specifies each pixel to comprise 1 to 15.If described value is zero, client computer is not supported described monochrome format so.When position 7 is set to 1, it shows the include monochrome pixels data that client computer can be accepted packing or not pack.If position 7 is set to 0, it shows client computer can only accept the not pack include monochrome pixels data of form.

Retaining 2 fields is the fields with 1 byte wide retained for future, and usually all positions in this field all should be set to zero.In one embodiment, the purpose of this field is to allow all follow-up 2 byte field aim at 16 word addresss, allows 4 byte field aim at 32 word addresss.

The Y Cb Cr capable field of 2 bytes has illustrated the figure place of the resolution that can show according to Y Cb Cr form.If client computer can't be used Y Cb Cr form, this value is zero so.Described Y Cb Cr ability word comprises that three independently without value of symbol: position 3 to 0 definition are for illustrating the maximum number of digits of Cb sampling.Position 7 to 4 definition are for illustrating the maximum number of digits of Cr sampling.Position 11 to 8 definition are for illustrating the maximum number of digits of Y sampling.Position 14 to 12 is retained for future and is set to zero.When position 15 is set to 1, it shows the Y Cb Cr pixel data that client computer can be accepted packing or not pack.If position 15 is set to 0, it shows client computer can only accept the not pack Y Cb Cr pixel data of form.

Figure place, pixel groups and the pixel order of the resolution that the Bayer capable field explanation of 2 bytes can transmit with the Bayer form.If client computer can not be used the interval form, this value is set to zero so.The Bayer capable field is comprised of following value: the maximum number of digits of the intensity existed in 3 to 0 each pixel of definition of position; The needed pixel groups pattern of position 5 to 4 definition; Position 8 to 6 definition are for needed pixel order; Position 14 to 9 is retained for future and is set to zero.When position 15 is set to 1, it shows the Bayer pixel data that client computer can be accepted packing or not pack.If position 15 is set to 0, it shows client computer can only accept the not pack Bayer pixel data of form.

16 CRC that the crc field of 2 bytes comprises all bytes in the grouping that comprises block length.

41. register access grouping

The register access grouping is provided for accessing the configuration of MDDI link opposite end and means, mechanism or the method for status register to main frame or client computer.These register pairs are likely unique in each display or device controller.These registers have been present in many displays, and they require configuration, operator scheme to be set and to have other useful and essential setting.Described register access grouping allows MDDI main frame or client computer to carry out write operation to register, and uses the MDDI link request to read register.When main frame or client requests read register, opposite end should be by with identical packet type transmitter register data, and by utilizing the read/write information field to show that this is the data that read from particular register and as response.Register access grouping can be used for being greater than 1 register by appointment and count to read or write a plurality of registers.Client computer is used the position 22 of the client computer feature capabilities field of grouping client capabilities grouping to show to support the ability of register access grouping.Client computer will be carried out transmitter register access grouping by encapsulating packets, therefore occurred content will be rendered as to a grouping in packet configuration or structure.

Figure 87 illustrates the form of an embodiment of register access grouping.As shown in Figure 87, by the register access constructed in groups for thering is block length, packet type, bClient ID, read/write flag, register address, parameters C RC, register data list and register data crc field.Classes of packets offset 146 is the register access grouping by a group character.The bClient id field is retained for future, and usually is set to zero.

The read/write flag field of 2 bytes is illustrated as this specific cluster to write, read or response to reading, and the counting of these data values is provided.

Position 15 to 14 is as read/write flag.If position [15:14] is 00, the data that this grouping comprises the register by the register address field addressing to be written so.The grouping of appointment register to be written is contained in the register data list field.If position [15:14] is 10, this is from the one or more register request msgs by the register address field addressing so.If position [15:14] is 11 groupings, this grouping comprises asked data in response to the read/write flag with 15:14 is set to 10 register access grouping so.Register address field comprises the register address corresponding to the first register data list items, and the register data list field comprises the data that read from described one or more addresses.If position, position [15:14] 01, this value is retained for using in the future and not using at this moment, but those skilled in the art will be appreciated that how in order to apply, adopting it.

The number of the 32 bit register data item that position 13:0 will transmit with 14 signless integer explanations in the register data list field.If grouping position 15:14 equals " 00 ", position 13:0 specifies the number of 32-bit register data item so, and this register data items is included in the register data list field, and the register started from the register of register address field appointment to be written.If a grouping position 15:14 is " 10 ", position 13:0 specifies receiving equipment to be sent to the number of 32-bit register data item that the equipment of this register is read in request so.Register data list field in this grouping should not comprise project and length is zero.Position 15:14 equals " 11 ", and the number that is included in the register data items in the register data list field of having read from register is specified in 13:0 grouping in position so.At present, position 15:14 can not be set to equal " 01 ", and this is regarded as invalid value, otherwise is retained for specifying in the future or using.

Register address field shows to treat the address of the register that will be written into or will therefrom read by 4 bytes.For address being less than to the register addressing of 32, a high position should be set to zero.

The parameters C RC field of 2 bytes comprises from the block length to the register address at the CRC of all bytes that divides into groups.If this CRC fails by verification, abandon whole grouping.

The row 4 byte register data values that the register data list field comprises client computer register to be written, or the value read from the client devices register.

The register data crc field of 2 bytes only comprises the CRC to the register data list.If this CRC fails by verification, register data still can be used, but the crc error counting will increase progressively.

D. CRC divides into groups

Crc field appears at the ending of grouping, and after sometimes appearing at some the more crucial parameter in grouping, these parameters have obvious larger data field, thereby has increased the possibility of makeing mistakes during transmission.In the grouping with two crc fields, when only having a CRC to be used, the CRC maker is reinitialized after a CRC, and the CRC that therefore follows the long data field calculates the parameter influence while not started by grouping.

For the grouping that comprises a plurality of bit-errors, unlikely produce correct CRC.The possibility of correct CRC detected close to 7.6 * 10 of the situation in the very long grouping that is comprising a large amount of mistakes in a vicious grouping ^-6.By design, the MDDI link will have low-down or zero error rate.CRC is intended to the normal condition for monitoring link, rather than is intended to detect mistake on specific cluster to determine whether grouping should be retransmitted.

In an exemplary embodiment, the multinomial calculated for CRC is CRC-16 or X16+X15+X2+X0.The CRC maker that Figure 36 explanation can be used in the present invention and the exemplary implementation of checker 3600.In Figure 36, CRC register 3602 is the value of being initialized to 0x0001 before transmission is imported into first of grouping on Tx_MDDI_Data_Before_CRC (be sent in CRC before MDDI data) circuit just in time, and at first the byte of then dividing into groups starts to be moved into register from LSB.It should be noted, the register figure place in this figure is corresponding to used polynomial exponent number, rather than the bit position used by MDDI.The CRC register is more effective along unidirectional displacement, and this makes CRC position 15 appear at 0 place, position, position of MDDI crc field, and CRC register-bit 14 appears at 1 place, MDDICRC field bit position etc., until arrive position, MDDI position 14.

For instance, if the packet content of client requests and status packet is: 0x000c, 0x0046, 0x000, 0x0400, 0x00, 0x0000 (or is expressed as byte sequence a: 0x0c, 0x00, 0x46, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x04, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00), and use multiplexer 3604 and 3606 and submit (submit) to the input of (AND) door 3608, the final CRC exported on Tx_MDDI_Data_With_CRC (transmission has the MDDI data of CRC) circuit is that 0xd9aa (or is expressed as a sequence 0xaa, the 0xd9 sequence).

When CRC maker and checker 3600 are configured to the CRC check device, the CRC received on Rx_MDDI_Data (receive MDDI data) circuit is input to multiplexer 3604 and NAND door 3608, and use or non-(NOR) door 3610, XOR (XOR) door 3612 and with (AND) door 3614 by turn with the CRC register in the value found compare.If there is any mistake, as 3614 outputs of AND door, for each grouping that comprises crc error, be connected to the input of register 3602 by the output door 3614 so, CRC increases once.It should be noted, the exemplary circuit shown in Figure 36 can be exported more than one crc error signal (referring to Figure 37 B) in given CHECK_CRC_NOW (check (CRC) now) window.Therefore, described crc error counter is usually only to first crc error example counting in each interval of activating at CHECK_CRC_NOW.If be configured to the CRC maker, in the moment of aiming at minute group end, CRC is exported from described CRC register according to clock so.

The sequential of input and output signal and enable signal is described with graphics mode in Figure 37 A and 37B.The state of Figure 37 Gen_Reset (generation resets), Check_CRC_Now for A (check (CRC) now), Generate_CRC_Now (generating now CRC) and Sending_MDDI_Data (sending the MDDI data) signal and the state (0 or 1) of Tx_MDDI_Data_Before_CRC (sending CRC MDDI data before) and Tx_MDDI_Data_With_CRC (transmission has the MDDI data of CRC) signal show the transmission of the grouping of the generation of CRC and data.Show the reception of grouping of data and the verification of crc value with the state of Gen_Reset, Check_CRC_Now, Generate_CRC_Now and Sending_MDDI_Data signal and Rx_MDDI_Data (receiving the MDDI data) and CRC_Error (crc error) signal in Figure 37 B.

E. the divide into groups error code heavy duty (overload) of CRC

When the grouping that only transmits data between main frame and client computer and CRC, wherein do not hold error code.Unique mistake is to lose synchronously.Otherwise, must wait for link for want of good data transfer path or streamline and overtime, the described link and proceeding of then resetting.But, do like this efficiency not only consuming time but also low.

For the use in an embodiment, developed a kind of like this new technology, wherein the CRC of grouping partly is used for transmitting error code information.This illustrates substantially in Figure 65.That is to say, the processor or the equipment that by deal with data, are transmitted generate one or more error codes, and it shows in communication process or link specific predetermined mistake or the defect that may occur.While running into mistake, with the CRC position of grouping, generate and transmit suitable error code.That is to say, utilize needed error code come heavily loaded or rewrite described crc value, this required error code can be detected by the error monitor for monitoring the crc field value or checker at receiving terminal.For error code and crc value because some former thereby be complementary situation transmits the complement code of error code and obscures in order to prevent.

In one embodiment, for false alarm and the detection system of firm (robust) are provided, use a series of groupings, normally all groupings to transmit the several times error code, these groupings just are transmitted or send after mistake being detected.This situation will occur always, until remove while producing wrong condition from system, now transmit normal CRC position, and come heavily loaded without another value.

This technology of heavy duty crc value provides very fast response to system mistake, has used extra bits or the field of minimum simultaneously.

As shown in Figure 66, utilize error detector or detection module 6602 show the CRC rewriting mechanism or install 6600, it can form the part of other circuit of previous description or understanding, for detection of existence or appearance wrong in communication link or process.Can form the part of other circuit or use the error code maker of technology or the module 6604 that store the preliminary election error message such as look-up table to generate one or more error codes, with specific predetermined mistake or the defect of the appearance that shows to have detected.Understandable, equipment 6602 and 6604 can form single circuit or equipment as required, or conduct is for the part of the sequence of steps be programmed of other well known processor and element.

Whether the crc value comparator illustrated or comparison module 6606 be identical with the crc value be transmitted for checking selected one or more error code.If so, just utilizing code complement code maker or generation module or equipment that the complement code of error code is provided, is original CRC pattern (pattern) or value in order to avoid error code is mistaken as, thereby detection scheme is obscured or made its complexity.Then, the error code that error code selector or selection module component or equipment 6610 select expectation to insert or rewrite, or their complement codes separately, this depends on the circumstances.It is a kind of equipment that error code CRC rewrites device or rewriting mechanism or module 6612, for receiving data stream, divide into groups and the code of the expectation that is inserted into, and rewrites corresponding or suitable crc value, in order to the error code of expectation is sent to receiving equipment.

As mentioned above, can use a series of groupings repeatedly to transmit error code, therefore rewriteeing device 6612 can process or call between these code period from previous element or other known memory units, utilize the memory storage element to preserve the copy of code, wherein these memory cell as required or be expected to be useful in the value that stores or retain them.

Show in further detail the realization of the overall process that the rewriting mechanism of Figure 66 realizes in Figure 67 A and 67B.In 67A, in step 6702, one or more mistakes detected in communication data or process, and, in step 6704, select error code to show this condition.Simultaneously, or in appropriate point, the crc value to be replaced in step 6706 verification, and in step 6708, itself and the error code needed are compared.As previous discussion, this result relatively is whether definite needed code or other typical value be identical with current C RC value.If so, process so and proceed to step 6712, described complement code or be other typical value as required in some cases, elect code as and insert.Once determine and will insert which type of error code or value in step 6710 and 6714, just selected this suitable code in order to insert.For the sake of clarity, these steps are illustrated, but it is usually expressed as the single selection that the output judged based on step 6708 is done.Finally, in step 6716, rewrite these appropriate values in the CRC position, in order to transmit with together with the grouping of target as described process.

At the grouping receiver side, as shown in Figure 67 B, monitor the grouping crc value in step 6722.Usually, described crc value is by intrasystem one or more process monitorings, so that whether the mistake of specified data in transmitting occur, and the request that determines whether one or more groupings that retransfer, or forbid further operation etc., some of them were above discussed.As the part of this supervision, can also use described information and known or preliminary election error code or typical value to compare, and detect wrong appearance.Perhaps, also can realize independently error detection procedure and monitor.If, as there being such code, just in step 6724, extracting it or mark it, in order to further process.Can determine that in step 6726 this is actual code or complement code, in this case, additional step 6728 is used for described value is converted to needed code value.No matter be which kind of situation, final code, complement code or other recovery value extracted of step 6730 all can be used for the code from having transmitted, detect and which mistake occurred.

V. link dormancy

The MDDI link can enter resting state fast, and from dormancy, revives fast.Because the MDDI link can live again very rapidly in order to use, thereby this response allows communication system and equipment to force the MDDI link often to enter dormancy to reduce power consumption.In one embodiment, when the client computer of external schema is revived for the first time from dormancy, it so operates with data rate and strobe pulse sequential, and wherein the strobe pulse sequential is consistent with the speed of 1Mbps, that is to say, the MDDI_Stb correspondence is with the speed upset of 500kHz.Once the characteristic of client computer has been delivered to main frame by detecting host or its characteristic, the logical product of main frame can wake link up with the arbitrary velocity between the maximum rate that can move from 1Mbps to the client computer so.The arbitrary velocity that the client computer of internal schema can all can be moved with main frame and client computer both sides is revived.This usually also is applicable to the internal schema client computer and revives for the first time.

In one embodiment, when link is revived from dormancy, main frame and clients exchange pulse train.Use the low speed line receiver these pulses can be detected, this low speed line receiver only consumes differential receiver and receives the part of the required electric current of signal with the maximum link speed of service.Main frame or client computer can both be waken link up, thereby wake agreement up, are designed to when processing host and client computer attempt to be waken up simultaneously the possible competition occurred.

During resting state, MDDI_Data and MDDI_Stb differential driver be take that high-impedance state is forbidden and the differential voltage on all differential pairs is no-voltage.There is the variation of having a mind to from the differential line receiver for detection of pulse train between the dormancy waking.In one embodiment, in these receivers, the threshold value between logical one and logical zero level is approximately 125mV.This makes the differential lines do not driven will be regarded as the logical zero level to during reviving sequence at link.

In order to enter resting state, main frame sends 64 MDDI_Stb cycles after the CRC of link-down grouping.The MDDI_Data0 of main frame in the scope of 15 to 56 MDDI_Stb cycles (comprising output forbidding propagation delay) after main frame forbidding CRC exports.Main frame sends 64 MDDI_Stb cycles after the CRC of link-down grouping and before it initiates wake-up sequence.In one embodiment, waking up that main frame is initiated is defined as main frame after MDDI_Data0 reaches effective logical one level and before the pulse on driving MDDI_Stb 100 nanoseconds of necessary wait.In one embodiment, client computer is after the CRC of link-down grouping and will wait for that MDDI_Data0 is driven into the logical one level to need at least 60 MDDI_Stb cycles of wait before attempting wake-up master.

In order " to revive ", need to carry out several actions and process from resting state.Work as client computer, here be display, in the time of need to be from the data of main frame or communication, service, client computer is driven into the logical one state by the MDDI_Data0 circuit and produces the request pulse and continue about 70 to 1000 microseconds, and MDDI_Stb is in unactivated state, and after MDDI_Stb becomes state of activation, still keep MDDI_Data0 to be driven to about 70 MDDI_Stb cycles of logical one level (on 60 to 80 scope), but also can use as required other periods.Then client computer is forbidden the MDDI_Data0 driver by the MDDI_Data0 driver is set to high-impedance state.

If MDDI_Stb is in state of activation between rest period, although this is unlikely, client computer can only be driven into MDDI_Data0 about 70 MDDI_Stb cycles of logical one state (on 60 to 80 scope) so.This move makes host-initiated and restarts data service on forward link (208) and the state of query user's machine.

Main frame must detect the appearance of request pulse and start initiating sequence, that is, first MDDI_Stb is driven for the logical zero level with by the MDDI_Data0 driving and reach at least 100nsec for logic high.Then, in upset MDDI_Stb, continuation drives MDDI_Data0 for the logical one level and continues 150 MDDI_Stb cycles (on 140 to 160 scope), and MDDI_Data0 is driven as the logical zero level and continues 50 MDDI_Stb cycles (on 40 to 60 scope).If client computer detect MDDI_Data0 in the logical one state more than 80 MDDI_Stb cycles, client computer should not send service request so.Reach 60 to 80 MDDI_Stb during the cycle when client computer detects MDDI_Data0 in the logical one level, the client computer base unit search drives MDDI_Data0 at the interval that reaches 50 MDDI_Stb cycles for the logical zero level so.After at main frame, MDDI_Data0 being driven into to the logical zero level and continuing the time in 50 MDDI_Stb cycles, main frame starts to send grouping subsequently on link.First grouping sent is the subframe header packet.Reach 40 MDDI_Stb week after dates of 50 weeks period interval in the logical zero level at MDDI_Data0, client computer starts to find the subframe header packet.The selection of time attribute relevant with initiating sequence to the dormancy processing discussed further below and time interval tolerance.(referring to following Figure 68 A-C)

Main frame can initiate to wake up by first enabling MDDI_Stb, and it is urged to the logical zero level simultaneously.Until pulse is exported according to mode as described below, MDDI_Stb just is driven to the logical one level.After MDDI_Stb reaches effective logical zero level, main frame is enabled MDDI_Data0 and it is driven into to the logical one level simultaneously.Until MDDI_Data0 as described below is when being driven to the logical zero level and continuing the interval of 50 MDDI_Stb pulses, MDDI_Data0 just should be driven to the logical zero level.Main frame should wait for at least 100 nanoseconds before pulse after MDDI_Data0 reaches the logical one level and on driving MDDI_Stb.When delay is enabled in the output of considering worst condition, this sequential relationship appears.This has guaranteed that client computer has the sufficient time to enable this MDDI_Stb receiver fully after its MDDI_Stb receiver is waken up by the logical one level on the MDDI_Data0 by host driven substantially.

Figure 38 shows at the example that does not have the treatment step of exemplary service request event 3800 in competitive situation, and wherein the convenience in order to illustrate, carry out the described event of mark with alphabetical A, B, C, D, E, F and G.Described process starts at an A place, and now main frame sends the link-down grouping to client devices, in order to notify its described link will change low power sleep state into.At next step, be set to logical zero by forbidding MDDI_Data0 driver and MDDI_Stb driver, described main frame enters low power sleep state, shown in the B point.By high impedance bias network, MDDI_Data0 is driven as the logical zero level.At a time, after section, client computer is come to send service request to main frame by MDDI_Data0 being urged to the logical one level, as shown in a C.Described main frame still maintains (asserts) logical zero level with high impedance bias network, but the driver in client computer forces described circuit to enter the logical one level.In 50 microseconds, described main frame is identified this service request pulse, and maintains logical one by enabling its driver on MDDI_Data0, shown in a D.Then, client computer stops attempting to maintain the effort of service request pulse, and described client computer is placed in high-impedance state by its driver, shown in an E.Main frame is urged to MDDI_Data0 the logical zero level and continues 50 microseconds, shown in a F, and generates MDDI_Stb according to the consistent mode of logical zero level with on MDDI_Data0.Reach 40 MDDI_Stb week after dates at MDDI_Data0 in the logical zero level, client computer starts to find the subframe header packet.After MDDI_Data0 being placed in to the logical zero level and driving MDDI_Stb 50 microseconds, described main frame starts by sending the subframe header packet at the forward link transmitting data, as shown in a G.

The similar example of explanation in Figure 39, wherein maintain (assert) service request after restarting sequence starting link, and also with alphabetical A, B, C, D, E, F and G, carry out the described event of mark.This representative approaches from request pulse or the signal of client computer the worst case of destroying the subframe header packet very much.Described process starts at an A place, and now main frame sends the link-down grouping again to client devices, notifies its described link will be converted to low power sleep state.At next step, described main frame is set to the logical zero level by forbidding MDDI_Data0 driver and MDDI_Stb driver, and enters low power sleep state, shown in the B point.As previously mentioned, by high impedance bias network, MDDI_Data0 is driven as the logical zero level.After after a while, main frame starts described link and restarts sequence by MDDI_Data0 being driven for the logical one level and continuing 150 microseconds, shown in a C.Link restart sequence start after and before through 50 microseconds, described display also maintains MDDI_Data0 and 1 reaches the duration of 70 microseconds, shown in a D.This thing happens is to have started link and restart sequence because display need to and not yet identify described main frame to the host request service.Then, client computer no longer attempts to maintain the service request pulse, and described client computer is placed in high-impedance state by its driver, shown in an E.Main frame continues MDDI_Data0 is urged to the logical one level.Main frame is urged to MDDI_Data0 the logical zero level and continues 50 microseconds, as shown in a F, and according to MDDI_Data0, above for the consistent mode of logical zero level, generating MDDI_Stb.MDDI_Data0 is being maintained to the logical zero level and is driving after MDDI_Stb reaches 50 microseconds, described main frame starts at the forward link transmitting data by sending the subframe header packet, as shown in a G.

According to top discussion, people can find out: as the part of wake-up sequence, previous solution relates to two states of main frame experience that allow.For the first state, main frame is the MDDI_Data0 signal driver high and continues 150 microseconds, is the MDDI_Data0 signal driver then low and lasting 50 microseconds, activates the MDDI_Stb circuit simultaneously, then starts to transmit the MDDI grouping.With regard to using the obtainable data rate of MDDI apparatus and method, this process can perform well in improving the prior art level.Yet, as previously mentioned, just reduce response time of condition or can select sooner next step or process (that is, simplify and process or the ability of element), require all the time speed faster.

The applicant has had been found that a kind of new innovative approach comes wake up process and sequential, and wherein main frame uses the sequential based on the clock cycle to carry out signal upset (toggle).According to this configuration, after main frame is height to the MDDI_Data0 signal driver when wake-up sequence starts, described main frame from 0 to 10 microsecond begins turning MDDI_Stb, and until signal is driven to low just wait.During wake-up sequence, main frame upset MDDI_Stb, just look like that the MDDI_Data0 signal is all the time in the logical zero level.Do effectively concept of time is removed from client-side like this, and for these cycles, main frame is changed into 150 clock cycle and 50 clock cycle for these time periods from 150 microseconds and the 50 microsecond time periods of initial two states.

Now, main frame is responsible for this data wire is driven as high, and starts to transmit gating signal within 10 clock cycle, just look like described data wire be zero.After main frame has driven data wire as high and lasting 150 clock cycle, main frame drives data wire for low and lasting 50 clock cycle, continues the transmission gating signal simultaneously.After main frame has completed these two processes, main frame can start to transmit the first subframe header packet.

At client-side, now, the client computer implementation can use generated clock calculation data wire at first for high, then be the number of low clock cycle.Needing the clock cycle number existed on the data wire driven as high state is 150, driving the clock cycle number on the data wire of low state, is 50.This means for correct wake-up sequence, client computer should be able to be to data wire at least 150 continuous clock cycles in high state, and heel with data wire at least 50 continuous clock cycles of low state, counted.Once these two conditions are met, client computer just can start to search for the unique word of the first subframe.The interruption in this pattern, as counter being returned to the basis of initial condition, wherein client computer is found initial 150 the continuous clock cycles of data wire in high state again.

As discussed previously like that, the Host Based client computer implementation of the present invention of waking up from dormancy, originate in 1Mbps except not forcing clock rate, is very similar to the situation of initial start-up.On the contrary, can clock rate be set to restart from any previous speed, this previous speed is communication link speed in state of activation while entering dormancy.If main frame starts to transmit gating signal as mentioned above, client computer at least 150 continuous clock cycles in high state to data wire again, and the data wire of following were thereafter so counted at least 50 continuous clock cycles of low state.Once met this two conditions, client computer just can start to search for unique word.

The client computer implementation of the present invention of waking up from dormancy based on client computer, except it by allowing the client computer driving data lines starts, to Host Based wake up similar.Client computer can in the situation that do not have clock asynchronously driving data lines carry out wake-up master equipment.Once main frame identifies described data wire and driven as high state by client computer, it just can start its wake-up sequence.The number of the clock cycle that client computer can the main frame when starting or during its wakeup process generates is counted.Once the client computer number goes out 70 the continuous clock cycles of data wire in high state, it just can stop data wire being driven as high state.At this hour, main frame also should drive data wire for high state.So client computer can be counted in other 80 continuous clock cycles of high state data wire, in order to make the clock cycle of data wire in high state reach 150, and therefore can find 50 clock cycle of data wire in low state.Once meet this three conditions, client computer just can start to find unique word.

The advantage of the new implementation of this wake up process is that it does not need time-measurement device.No matter it is oscillator, capacitor discharge circuit or other this known equipment, and client computer no longer needs this external equipment to determine entry condition.When on the client devices plate, realizing controller, counter etc., do like this saving fund and circuit area.Although for main frame, may not resemble for useful client computer, with regard to the super-high density logic (VHDL) for core circuit, this technology should also can be simplified described main frame.Usage data and gating line are also very low as the power consumption of waking notice and the source of measurement up, and this is because do not need for core parts move any external circuit, so that it waits for Host Based waking up.The cycle of using or the number of clock cycle are exemplary, can also use other cycle, and this is apparent for those of ordinary skills.

The advantage of the new implementation of this wake up process is that it does not need time-measurement device.No matter it is oscillator, capacitor discharge circuit or other this known equipment, and client computer no longer needs this external equipment to determine entry condition.When realizing controller, counter etc., do like this saving fund and circuit area, therefore save the area on the client devices plate.Although for main frame, may not resemble for useful client computer, with regard to the VHDL for core circuit, this technology should also can be simplified described main frame.Usage data and the gating line power consumption when waking notice up and measuring source is also very low, and this is because core parts are waited for Host Based waking up without any need for external circuit.

In order to illustrate and illustrate the operation of this new technology, MDDI_Data0, MDDI_Stb have been shown and with respect to the sequential of the various operations of described clock cycle in Figure 68 A, 68B and 68C.

Illustrated in Figure 68 A at the example that does not have the treatment step waken up of typical host-initiated in competitive situation, wherein for convenience of explanation, also with alphabetical A, B, C, D, E, F and G, carried out the described event of mark.Described process starts at an A place, and now main frame sends the link-down grouping in order to notify its described link will be converted to low power sleep state to client devices.In next step, B point place, main frame upset (toggle) MDDI_Stb and lasting upset be 64 cycles (according to the system needs) approximately, in order to stopping allowing finishing dealing with of client computer before the MDDI_Stb upset, it stops the recovered clock in client devices.Main frame at first also MDDI_Data0 be set to the logical zero level, then after CRC, the forbidding MDDI_Data0 output that (generally includes output forbidding propagation delay) in the scope in 16～48 cycles.These may be after 48 cycles after CRC, and, in (C) some time before next stage, the high-speed receiver of the MDDI_Data0 in client computer and MDDI_Stb are placed in to low power state.Any time after the rising edge in the 48th MDDI_Stb cycle after the CRC of link-down grouping, client computer is placed in dormancy by the high-speed receiver of its MDDI_Data0 and MDDI_Stb.Advise, before the rising edge in the 64th MDDI_Stb cycle after the CRC of link-down grouping, client computer is placed in dormancy by the high-speed receiver of its MDDI_Data0 and MDDI_Stb.

By forbidding MDDI_Data0 and MDDI_Stb driver and console controller being placed in to low power sleep state, described main frame enters low power sleep state at a C or step C.The MDDI_Stb driver is set to logical zero level (use high impedance bias network) or is set to continuous overturning between rest period as required.Described client computer is the resting state in low-power level also.

After a certain period, described main frame, by enabling MDDI_Data0 and the output of MDDI_Stb driver, starts link at a D and restarts sequence.Described main frame drives MDDI_Data0 for the logical one level, and MDDI_Stb is urged to the logical zero level, and its duration and driver to enable the time that their output separately should take fully equally long.After these outputs reach needed logic level, and, before the pulse driven on MMDI_Stb, main frame is waited for about 200 nanoseconds usually.Like this, client computer is prepared to receive if having time.

When host driver is activated and MDDI_Data0 while being driven to the logical one level, main frame begins turning MDDI_Stb and makes it continue 150 MDDI_Stb cycles of upset, shown in an E.Main frame is urged to MDDI_Data0 the logical zero level and continues 50 cycles, as shown in a F, and MDDI_Data0 in the logical zero level after for 40 MDDI_Stb cycles, client computer starts to find the subframe header packet.Main frame starts at the forward link transmitting data by sending the subframe header packet, as shown in a G.

In Figure 68 B, explanation, at the example that does not have the treatment step waken up that in competitive situation, the typical customers machine starts, wherein for convenience of explanation, also carrys out the described event of mark with alphabetical A, B, C, D, E, F, G, H and I.As previously mentioned, described process starts at an A place, and now main frame sends the link-down grouping to client computer, notifies its described link will change low power state into.

At the B point, main frame upset MDDI_Stb and lasting upset 64 cycles (according to the system needs), in order to allow stopping completing client processes before the MDDI_Stb upset, this signal is for stopping the recovered clock of client devices.Main frame at first also MDDI_Data0 be set to the logical zero level, then after CRC, in the scope of 16 to 48 cycles (generally including output forbidding propagation delay), forbidding MDDI_Data0 output.After 48 cycles after CRC, and, in (C) some time before next stage, need to be placed in low power state to the high-speed receiver of the MDDI_Data0 in client computer and MDDI_Stb.

By forbidding MDDI_Data0 and MDDI_Stb driver and console controller being placed in to low power sleep state, described main frame enters low power sleep state at a C or step C.The MDDI_Stb driver was set to logical zero level (use high impedance bias network) or is set to continue upset between rest period as required.Described client computer is also in the low-power level resting state.

Sometime the section after, client computer is by enabling the MDDI_Stb receiver and enabling a skew in the MDDI_Stb receiver, start link at a D and restart sequence, in order to guarantee that the state of the version of the MDDI_Stb received is the logical zero level before main frame is enabled its MDDI_Stb driving in client computer.As required, may need client computer to be ahead of a little while enabling receiver and enable this skew (offset), in order to guarantee to receive effective differential signal and prevent rub-out signal.Client computer is enabled the MDDI_Data0 driver, the MDDI_Data0 circuit is urged to the logical one level simultaneously.If starting the time of skew and standard MDDI_Data0 differential receiver was 200 nanoseconds, can enable MDDI_Data0 and MDDI_Stb simultaneously.

Approximately in 1 millisecond, at an E place, main frame identification is from the service request pulse of client computer, and main frame is exported to start link and restarted sequence by enabling MDDI_Data0 and MDDI_Stb driver.Described main frame drives MDDI_Data0 for the logical one level, and MDDI_Stb is urged to the logical zero level, and its duration and driver to enable the time that their output separately should take equally long.After these outputs reach needed logic level, and, before the pulse driven on MMDI_Stb, main frame is waited for about 200 nanoseconds usually.Like this, just free preparation reception of client computer.

When host driver is activated and MDDI_Data0 while being driven to the logical one level, main frame is exported pulse and is continued the duration in 150 MDDI_Stb cycles on MDDI_Stb, shown in a F.When client computer identifies first pulse on MDDI_Stb, it forbids the skew (offset) in its MDDI_Stb receiver.Client computer continues MDDI_Data0 is urged to the logical one level and continues 70 MDDI_Stb cycles, and forbids its MDDI_Data0 driver at a G.Client computer continues MDDI_Data0 is urged to the logical one level and continues 80 extra MDDI_Stb pulses, and at a H, MDDI_Data0 is urged to the logical zero level.

Shown in a G and H, main frame is urged to MDDI_Data0 the logical zero level and continues 50 cycles, and client computer reaches 40 MDDI_Stb week after dates at MDDI_Data0 in the logical zero level, and client computer starts to find the subframe header packet.MDDI_Stb is being driven and reaching 50 all after dates, and main frame starts at the forward link transmitting data by sending the subframe header packet, as shown in an I.

In Figure 68 C, explanation has a competition from client computer, and namely client computer also wishes to wake up the example of the treatment step waken up of the typical host-initiated of described link.For convenience of explanation, also with alphabetical A, B, C, D, E, F, G, H and I, carry out the described event of mark.As previously mentioned, described process starts at an A place, now main frame sends the link-down grouping to client devices, so that the described link of notice client computer will be converted to low power state, then proceed to the B point, be reversed and continue approximately 64 cycles (or according to system needs) of overturning at a MDDI_Stb of B place, in order to allow finishing dealing with by the client computer execution, then proceed to a C, now described main frame enters low power sleep state by forbidding MDDI_Data0 and MDDI_Stb driver and console controller being placed in to low power sleep state.At a time after section, described main frame starts link at a D and restarts sequence by enabling the output of MDDI_Data0 and MDDI_Stb driver, and begins turning MDDI_Stb and make its duration that continues 150 MDDI_Stb cycles of upset, shown in an E.

Nearly 70 MDDI_Stb cycles after an E are located, and are here some F, and client computer does not also recognize main frame and MDDI_Data0 is urged to the logical one level, so client computer also is urged to the logical one level to MDDI_Data0.Occur that this situation is because client computer needs request service, has not started link and restarts sequence but recognize its main frame of attempting to communicate by letter with it.At a G, client computer stops driving MDDI_Data0, and by forbidding its output, its driver is placed in to high-impedance state.Described main frame continues that MDDI_Data0 is urged to the logical one level and makes it continue 80 additional cycle.

Main frame is urged to the logical zero level to MDDI_Data0 and makes it continue 50 cycles, as shown in a H, and client computer MDDI_Data0 in the logical zero level after for 40 MDDI_Stb cycles, this client computer starts to find the subframe header packet.Main frame starts at the forward link transmitting data by sending the subframe header packet, as shown in an I.

VI. interface electrical code

In an exemplary embodiment, usage data gating signal or DATA-STB form are encoded to the data of non-return-to-zero (NRZ) form, so just by clock information embedding data and gating signal.Described clock can be in the situation that do not have complicated phase-locked loop to be recovered.Data are carried by two-way differential link, and this typically uses, and the Wireline cable realizes, certainly also can use other wire, printed wire or conveying element as previously mentioned.Gating signal (STB) is only on the one way link by host driven, to carry.Whenever there being (back-to-back) state back-to-back, 0 or 1 o'clock, while remaining unchanged on data wire or signal, gating signal will be worth upset (0 or 1).

Show and how to use DATA-STB (data-gating) coding to transmit the example as the data sequence of position " 1110001011 " with graphic form in Figure 40.In Figure 40, DATA (data) signal 4002 is presented on the top line of signal timing diagram, and STB (gating) signal 4004 is presented on the second row, and according to suitable needs (common origin), the two all aims at every turn.Along with passage of time, when the upper state occurred of DATA circuit 4002 (signal) changes, STB circuit 4004 (signal) keeps original state so, thereby first ' 1 ' state of DATA signal and first ' 0 ' state of STB signal namely its initial value are interrelated.Yet, if, when the state of DATA signal, level do not change, the STB signal turn to relative status so, is ' 1 ' state in this example, the situation that provides another ' 1 ' value as DATA in Figure 40.That is to say, each bit period has and only has a transformation between DATA and STB.Therefore, when the DATA signal remains on ' 1 ', the STB signal changes again, is now ' 0 ', and, when the level of DATA signal changes into ' 0 ', STB keeps this level.When the DATA signal remains on ' 1 ', the STB signal turn to inverse state, i.e. ' 1 ' in current example, and along with the DATA signal changes or keeps level or value, STB signal keep or change, etc.

While receiving these signals, DATA and STB signal are carried out to XOR (XOR) computing so that clocking 4006, this clock signal is presented at the bottom of sequential chart, in order to compare with needed data and gating signal.One practical circuit has been shown in Figure 41, and this circuit is used in the main frame place and generates DATA and STB output or signal according to the input data, then at the client computer place, according to DATA and STB signal, recovers or retrieving data.

In Figure 41, hop 4100 is used for generating and transmits original DATA and STB signals via M signal path 4102, and receiving unit 4120 is used for receiving signal and recover data.As shown in figure 41, in order from main frame, to client computer, to transmit data, the DATA signal is input to two D flip- flop circuit elements 4104 and 4106, and input clock signal is in order to trigger described circuit.Then, use two differential line drivers 4108 and 4110 (voltage modes) output of two circuits for triggering (Q) to be divided into respectively to the signal differential pair of MDDI_Data0+, MDDI_Data0-and MDDI_Stb+, MDDI_Stb-.Door, circuit or logic element 4112 are connected in order to receive the output of DATA and two triggers together or (XNOR) in three inputs, and generate for the output of data input is provided to the second trigger, this second trigger generates described MDDI_Stb+, MDDI_Stb-signal.For simplicity, drawn an anti-phase bubble on the XNOR door, so that it is anti-phase to show that it makes to generate the Q output of trigger of gating signal effectively.

In the receiving unit 4120 of Figure 41, each reception MDDI_Data0+, the MDDI_Data0-in two differential line receivers 4122 and 4124 and MDDI_Stb+, MDDI_Stb-signal, differential line receiver generates Single-end output according to differential signal.Then, the output of amplifier is input to each input of dual input XOR gate, circuit or logic element 4126, and described logic element 4126 is for generation of clock signal.Described clock signal is used for triggering each in two D flip- flop circuit 4128 and 4130, described D flip-flop circuit is for receiving the delay version of DATA signal by delay element 4132, one of described D flip-flop (4128) generated data ' 0 ' value, and another (4130) generated data ' 1 ' value.Described clock also has the independence output from xor logic.Because clock information is assigned to DATA and STB circuit, so the signal between state changes the clock rate that all is slower than half.Because the XOR with DATA and STB signal processes to reproduce clock, thus with directly via the situation of single dedicated data line tranmitting data register signal, compare, in fact system allows the bias that has twice between input data and clock.

MDDI data pair, MDDI_Stb+ and MDDI_Stb-signal, adopt difference modes work, so that the negative effect of preventing noise to the full extent.Each in differential pair is to utilize the cable of transmission signal or the characteristic impedance of wire to carry out parallel end connection (parallelterminated).Usually, all shunt terminal resistance all resides in client devices.This is similar to the differential receiver of forward business (from main frame, to client computer, sending data), but its drive end at cable or other wires or conveying element is for reverse traffic (from client computer, to main frame, sending data).For reverse traffic, signal is driven by client computer, by the high impedance reception device reflection at main frame place, and in client computer place termination.As described elsewhere, reverse data or transmitted or send by the data rate to be greater than the inverse that the cable round trip postpones via the data of reverse link.Described MDDI_Stb+ and MDDI_Stb-wire or signal are only by host driven.

Illustrated in Figure 42 as a MDDI interface part of the present invention, can be used for realize transmitting the exemplary configuration of element of driver, receiver and the terminal resistance of signal.This example interface is used low pressure to detect, and is here 200mV, has the voltage swing and the low-power consumption that are less than 1 volt.The right driver of each signal has a difference current output.When receiving the MDDI grouping, this MDDI_Data and MDDI_Stb are zero volt to using traditional differential receiver and differential voltage threshold value.In resting state, driver output is disabled, and shunt terminal resistance by each signal on upper voltage, moving zero volt to.Between rest period, MDDI_Data0 on dedicated receiver there is the skew input difference voltage threshold of positive 125mV, this threshold value makes the dormancy line receiver unit will not drive signal to explaining not logical zero level.

The differential voltage of differential pair is defined as the difference that voltage on (+) signal just deducts the voltage on negative (-) signal.The title of differential pair signal finishes with "+" or "-", and this means respectively the plus or minus signal that this is right.The output current of the driver of differential pair is defined as from the electric current that just (+) output flows out.Negative this electric current of (-) output that flows through differential pair equates but opposite direction usually with the electric current of just (+) output that flows through same differential driver on amplitude.

Sometimes, main frame or client computer arrive logical one level or logical zero level by differential pair drives simultaneously, in order to guarantee that (from the main frame to the client computer or from the client computer to the main frame) logic level on this differential pair is effective when data flow direction changes.Output voltage range and output standard still should meet driver output when being driven into the identity logic level.In some systems, also must be by small current driving in the differential pair of termination, the little offset voltage created while being waken up from resting state with the particular moment between rest period and link.The current level that the drift current biasing of enabling in these cases, drives is expressed as: I _eSD-and-Rx-inner ESD diode and differential receiver input, wherein I _eSD-and-Rx≤ 1 μ A; I _tx-Hi-Z-at the output of the differential driver of high-impedance state, wherein I _tx-Hi-Z≤ 1 μ A; I _external-ESD-by the leakage of outside esd protection diode, common I wherein _external-ESD≤ 3 μ A.

Figure 47 shows each in these leakage currents.When all leakage parts occur simultaneously, above draw the differential voltage that must reach the minimum under the leak condition of above-mentioned worst condition with pull-down circuit.For the internal schema that there is no outside esd protection diode, the total leakage is≤4 μ A that, for the external schema with outside esd protection, the total leakage is≤10 μ A.

Table I Xa-IXd has described for an exemplary embodiment, the electric parameter of differential line driver and line receiver unit and characteristic.On function, driver directly is sent to positive output end by the logic level on input, and by the anti-phase negative output terminal that is sent to of described input.Delay from the input to the output is mated well with the differential line driven with differential mode.In great majority are realized, the voltage swing on output is less than the amplitude of oscillation on input, thereby the power consumption of making and electromagnetic radiation minimize.In one embodiment, the minimum voltage amplitude of oscillation is approximately 0.5V.Yet other values are also available, as known in those skilled in the art, and the inventor considers can also be less value according to design constraint in certain embodiments.

Differential line receiver has the characteristic identical with high speed voltage comparator.In Figure 41, the input that there is no bubble is positive input terminal, and the input of bubble is arranged, is negative input end.If (V _input+)-(V _input-) being greater than 0, output is logical one so.For the another way of describing it, be to have very large (in fact unlimited) gain, output is clamped down on the differential amplifier at logical zero and 1 voltage level.

Different between delay depart from and should be minimized, in order to operate the differential transfer system with the highest speed.

Table I Xa

The host transmitter electrical code

Parameter	Describe	Minimum value	Maximum	Unit
					V output-range	The host driver output voltage range allowed with respect to main frame ground	0.35	1.60	V
I OD+	Driver difference output HIGH current (when driving the terminal transmission line) corresponding to the logical one level	2.5	4.5	mA
					I OD-	Driver difference output LOW current (when driving the terminal transmission line) corresponding to the logical zero level	-4.5	-2.5	mA
T Rise-Fall	The lifting time (between 20% and 80% amplitude) of the driver output of measuring under difference modes	425	Points for attention 1	psec
					T skew-pair	Departing from (internally departing from) of the positive and negative outlet chamber of same differential pair		125	psec
T Differential-skew	Differential pair and another differential pair it		Referring to top	psec

	Between peak delay depart from
					T A	Shake, bit boundary to intermediate interdigitated point	0	T B-283	psec
T B-TP0-DRVR	Shake, bit boundary to minimum output level	0	Referring to top	psec

Points for attention 1: maximum lifting time otherwise be on a differential pair, send one interval 30%, or be 100nsec, get the smaller in the two.

Table I Xb

Client computer transmitter electrical code

Parameter	Describe	Minimum value	Maximum	Unit
					V output-Range-Ext	The client drive output voltage range (external schema) allowed with respect to client computer ground	0	1.25	V
V output-Range-Int	The client drive output voltage range (internal schema) allowed with respect to client computer ground	0.35	1.60	V
					I OD+	Corresponding to the driver difference output HIGH current of logical one level while drawing with the pull-down circuit equivalent electric circuit (exist in driving main frame and client computer on)	2.5	4.5	mA
I OD-	Corresponding to the driver difference output LOW current of logical zero level while drawing with the pull-down circuit equivalent electric circuit (exist in driving main frame and client computer on)	-4.5	-2.5	mA
					T Rise-Fall	The lifting time (between 20% and 80% amplitude) of the driver output of measuring under difference modes	425	Points for attention 1	psec
T skew-pair	Departing from (internally departing from) of the positive and negative outlet chamber of same differential pair		125	psec

T Differential-skew	Peak delay between a differential pair and another differential pair departs from		Referring to top	psec
					T A	Shake, bit boundary to intermediate interdigitated point	0	T B-283	psec
T B-TP4-DRVR	Shake, bit boundary to minimum output level	0	Referring to top	psec

Points for attention 1: maximum lifting time otherwise be on a differential pair, send one interval 30%, or be 100nsec, get the smaller in the two.

Table I Xc

Client computer receiver electrical code<tables TranNum="1298" num="0015"><table TranNum="1299"><tgroup TranNum="1300" cols="6"><colspec TranNum="1301" colname="c001" colwidth="20%"/><colspec TranNum="1302" colname="c002" colwidth="35%"/><colspec TranNum="1303" colname="c003" colwidth="11%"/><colspec TranNum="1304" colname="c004" colwidth="11%"/><colspec TranNum="1305" colname="c005" colwidth="13%"/><colspec TranNum="1306" colname="c006" colwidth="9%"/><tbody TranNum="1307"><row TranNum="1308"><entry TranNum="1309" morerows="1">parameter</entry><entry TranNum="1310" morerows="1">describe</entry><entry TranNum="1311" morerows="1">minimum value</entry><entry TranNum="1312" morerows="1">representative value</entry><entry TranNum="1313" morerows="1">maximum</entry><entry TranNum="1314" morerows="1">unit</entry></row><row TranNum="1315"><entry TranNum="1316" morerows="1">v<sub TranNum="1317">iT+</sub></entry><entry TranNum="1318" morerows="1">receiver difference input high threshold voltage.Higher than this differential voltage, input signal is interpreted as the logical one level</entry><entry TranNum="1319" morerows="1"/><entry TranNum="1320" morerows="1">0</entry><entry TranNum="1321" morerows="1">50</entry><entry TranNum="1322" morerows="1">mV</entry></row><row TranNum="1323"><entry TranNum="1324" morerows="1">v<sub TranNum="1325">iT-</sub></entry><entry TranNum="1326" morerows="1">receiver difference input low threshold voltage.Lower than this differential voltage, input signal is interpreted as the logical zero level</entry><entry TranNum="1327" morerows="1">-50</entry><entry TranNum="1328" morerows="1">0</entry><entry TranNum="1329" morerows="1"/><entry TranNum="1330" morerows="1">mV</entry></row><row TranNum="1331"><entry TranNum="1332" morerows="1">v<sub TranNum="1333">iT+</sub></entry><entry TranNum="1334" morerows="1">receiver difference input high threshold voltage (skew is for dormancy awakening).Higher than this differential voltage, input signal is interpreted as the logical one level</entry><entry TranNum="1335" morerows="1"/><entry TranNum="1336" morerows="1">125</entry><entry TranNum="1337" morerows="1">175</entry><entry TranNum="1338" morerows="1">mV</entry></row><row TranNum="1339"><entry TranNum="1340" morerows="1">v<sub TranNum="1341">iT-</sub></entry><entry TranNum="1342" morerows="1">receiver difference input low threshold voltage (skew is for dormancy awakening).Lower than this differential voltage, input signal is interpreted as the logical zero level</entry><entry TranNum="1343" morerows="1">75</entry><entry TranNum="1344" morerows="1">125</entry><entry TranNum="1345" morerows="1"/><entry TranNum="1346" morerows="1">mV</entry></row><row TranNum="1347"><entry TranNum="1348" morerows="1">v<sub TranNum="1349">input-Range</sub></entry><entry TranNum="1350" morerows="1">the receiver input voltage range allowed with respect to client computer ground</entry><entry TranNum="1351" morerows="1">0</entry><entry TranNum="1352" morerows="1"/><entry TranNum="1353" morerows="1">1.65</entry><entry TranNum="1354" morerows="1">v</entry></row><row TranNum="1355"><entry TranNum="1356" morerows="1">r<sub TranNum="1357">term</sub></entry><entry TranNum="1358" morerows="1">the parallel terminal resistance value</entry><entry TranNum="1359" morerows="1">98</entry><entry TranNum="1360" morerows="1">100</entry><entry TranNum="1361" morerows="1">102</entry><entry TranNum="1362" morerows="1">Ω</entry></row><row TranNum="1363"><entry TranNum="1364" morerows="1">i<sub TranNum="1365">in</sub></entry><entry TranNum="1366" morerows="1">the input drain current</entry><entry TranNum="1367" morerows="1">-10</entry><entry TranNum="1368" morerows="1"/><entry TranNum="1369" morerows="1">10</entry><entry TranNum="1370" morerows="1">μ A</entry></row><row TranNum="1371"><entry TranNum="1372" morerows="1">c<sub TranNum="1373">pad</sub></entry><entry TranNum="1374" morerows="1">pad (is noted to the electric capacity on client computer ground</entry><entry TranNum="1375" morerows="1"/><entry TranNum="1376" morerows="1"/><entry TranNum="1377" morerows="1">5</entry><entry TranNum="1378" morerows="1">pF</entry></row></tbody></tgroup></table></tables><tables TranNum="1379" num="0016"> <table TranNum="1380"> <tgroup TranNum="1381" cols="6"> <colspec TranNum="1382" colname="c001" colwidth="20%"/> <colspec TranNum="1383" colname="c002" colwidth="35%"/> <colspec TranNum="1384" colname="c003" colwidth="11%"/> <colspec TranNum="1385" colname="c004" colwidth="12%"/> <colspec TranNum="1386" colname="c005" colwidth="13%"/> <colspec TranNum="1387" colname="c006" colwidth="9%"/> <tbody TranNum="1388"> <row TranNum="1389"> <entry TranNum="1390" morerows="1"/> <entry TranNum="1391" morerows="1">Item 1)</entry> <entry TranNum="1392" morerows="1"/> <entry TranNum="1393" morerows="1"/> <entry TranNum="1394" morerows="1"/> <entry TranNum="1395" morerows="1"/> </row> <row TranNum="1396"> <entry TranNum="1397" morerows="1"> C <sub TranNum="1398">diff</sub> </entry> <entry TranNum="1399" morerows="1">Electric capacity (points for attention 1) between two signals of differential pair</entry> <entry TranNum="1400" morerows="1"/> <entry TranNum="1401" morerows="1"/> <entry TranNum="1402" morerows="1"> 1</entry> <entry TranNum="1403" morerows="1"> pF</entry> </row> <row TranNum="1404"> <entry TranNum="1405" morerows="1"> T <sub TranNum="1406">skew-pair-INT</sub> </entry> <entry TranNum="1407" morerows="1">What the differential receiver between the positive negative input of the differential receiver of same differential pair caused departs from (internally departing from).</entry></row></tbody></tgroup></table></tables>Internal schema</entry><entry TranNum="1408" morerows="1"/><entry TranNum="1409" morerows="1"/><entry TranNum="1410" morerows="1">250</entry><entry TranNum="1411" morerows="1">psec</entry></row><row TranNum="1412"><entry TranNum="1413" morerows="1">t<sub TranNum="1414">skew-pair-EXT</sub></entry><entry TranNum="1415" morerows="1">internally depart from external schema</entry><entry TranNum="1416" morerows="1"/><entry TranNum="1417" morerows="1"/><entry TranNum="1418" morerows="1">50</entry><entry TranNum="1419" morerows="1">psec</entry></row><row TranNum="1420"><entry TranNum="1421" morerows="1">t<sub TranNum="1422">differential-Skew</sub></entry><entry TranNum="1423" morerows="1">peak delay between a differential pair and another differential pair departs from</entry><entry TranNum="1424" morerows="1"/><entry TranNum="1425" morerows="1"/><entry TranNum="1426" morerows="1">referring to top</entry><entry TranNum="1427" morerows="1"/></row><row TranNum="1428"><entry TranNum="1429" morerows="1">t<sub TranNum="1430">a</sub></entry><entry TranNum="1431" morerows="1">shake, bit boundary to intermediate interdigitated point</entry><entry TranNum="1432" morerows="1"/><entry TranNum="1433" morerows="1"/><entry TranNum="1434" morerows="1">t<sub TranNum="1435">b</sub>-38.5</entry><entry TranNum="1436" morerows="1">psec</entry></row><row TranNum="1437"><entry TranNum="1438" morerows="1">t<sub TranNum="1439">b-TP4-RCVR-INT</sub></entry><entry TranNum="1440" morerows="1">shake, bit boundary (internal schema) to minimum output level</entry><entry TranNum="1441" morerows="1">0</entry><entry TranNum="1442" morerows="1"/><entry TranNum="1443" morerows="1">referring to top</entry><entry TranNum="1444" morerows="1">psec</entry></row><row TranNum="1445"><entry TranNum="1446" morerows="1">t<sub TranNum="1447">b-TP4-RCVR-EXT</sub></entry><entry TranNum="1448" morerows="1">shake, bit boundary (external schema) to minimum output level</entry><entry TranNum="1449" morerows="1">0</entry><entry TranNum="1450" morerows="1"/><entry TranNum="1451" morerows="1">referring to top</entry><entry TranNum="1452" morerows="1">psec</entry></row></tbody></tgroup></table></tables>

Table I Xd

Main frame receiver electrical code<tables TranNum="1455" num="0017"><table TranNum="1456"><tgroup TranNum="1457" cols="6"><colspec TranNum="1458" colname="c001" colwidth="19%"/><colspec TranNum="1459" colname="c002" colwidth="37%"/><colspec TranNum="1460" colname="c003" colwidth="11%"/><colspec TranNum="1461" colname="c004" colwidth="10%"/><colspec TranNum="1462" colname="c005" colwidth="12%"/><colspec TranNum="1463" colname="c006" colwidth="10%"/><tbody TranNum="1464"><row TranNum="1465"><entry TranNum="1466" morerows="1">parameter</entry><entry TranNum="1467" morerows="1">describe</entry><entry TranNum="1468" morerows="1">minimum value</entry><entry TranNum="1469" morerows="1">representative value</entry><entry TranNum="1470" morerows="1">maximum</entry><entry TranNum="1471" morerows="1">unit</entry></row><row TranNum="1472"><entry TranNum="1473" morerows="1">v<sub TranNum="1474">iT+</sub></entry><entry TranNum="1475" morerows="1">receiver difference input high threshold voltage (without skew).Higher than this differential voltage, input signal is interpreted as the logical one level</entry><entry TranNum="1476" morerows="1"/><entry TranNum="1477" morerows="1">0</entry><entry TranNum="1478" morerows="1">50</entry><entry TranNum="1479" morerows="1">mV</entry></row><row TranNum="1480"><entry TranNum="1481" morerows="1">v<sub TranNum="1482">iT-</sub></entry><entry TranNum="1483" morerows="1">receiver difference input low threshold voltage (without skew).Lower than this differential voltage, input signal is interpreted as the logical zero level</entry><entry TranNum="1484" morerows="1">-50</entry><entry TranNum="1485" morerows="1">0</entry><entry TranNum="1486" morerows="1"/><entry TranNum="1487" morerows="1">mV</entry></row></tbody></tgroup></table></tables><tables TranNum="1488" num="0018"> <table TranNum="1489"> <tgroup TranNum="1490" cols="6"> <colspec TranNum="1491" colname="c001" colwidth="19%"/> <colspec TranNum="1492" colname="c002" colwidth="37%"/> <colspec TranNum="1493" colname="c003" colwidth="11%"/> <colspec TranNum="1494" colname="c004" colwidth="10%"/> <colspec TranNum="1495" colname="c005" colwidth="13%"/> <colspec TranNum="1496" colname="c006" colwidth="10%"/> <tbody TranNum="1497"> <row TranNum="1498"> <entry TranNum="1499" morerows="1"> V <sub TranNum="1500">IT+</sub> </entry> <entry TranNum="1501" morerows="1">Receiver difference input high threshold voltage (skew of dormancy awakening).</entry></row></tbody></tgroup></table></tables>Higher than this differential voltage, input signal is interpreted as the logical one level</entry><entry TranNum="1502" morerows="1"/><entry TranNum="1503" morerows="1">125</entry><entry TranNum="1504" morerows="1">175</entry><entry TranNum="1505" morerows="1">mV</entry></row><row TranNum="1506"><entry TranNum="1507" morerows="1">v<sub TranNum="1508">iT-</sub></entry><entry TranNum="1509" morerows="1">receiver difference input low threshold voltage (skew of dormancy awakening).Lower than this differential voltage, input signal is interpreted as the logical zero level</entry><entry TranNum="1510" morerows="1">75</entry><entry TranNum="1511" morerows="1">125</entry><entry TranNum="1512" morerows="1"/><entry TranNum="1513" morerows="1">mV</entry></row><row TranNum="1514"><entry TranNum="1515" morerows="1">v<sub TranNum="1516">input-Range</sub></entry><entry TranNum="1517" morerows="1">the receiver input voltage range allowed with respect to main frame ground</entry><entry TranNum="1518" morerows="1">0</entry><entry TranNum="1519" morerows="1"/><entry TranNum="1520" morerows="1">1.65</entry><entry TranNum="1521" morerows="1">v</entry></row><row TranNum="1522"><entry TranNum="1523" morerows="1">i<sub TranNum="1524">in</sub></entry><entry TranNum="1525" morerows="1">input drain current (excluding the dormancy bias voltage)</entry><entry TranNum="1526" morerows="1">-10</entry><entry TranNum="1527" morerows="1"/><entry TranNum="1528" morerows="1">10</entry><entry TranNum="1529" morerows="1">μ A</entry></row><row TranNum="1530"><entry TranNum="1531" morerows="1">c<sub TranNum="1532">pad</sub></entry><entry TranNum="1533" morerows="1">pad is to the electric capacity on main frame ground</entry><entry TranNum="1534" morerows="1"/><entry TranNum="1535" morerows="1"/><entry TranNum="1536" morerows="1">5</entry><entry TranNum="1537" morerows="1">pF</entry></row><row TranNum="1538"><entry TranNum="1539" morerows="1">c<sub TranNum="1540">diff</sub></entry><entry TranNum="1541" morerows="1">electric capacity between two signals of differential pair</entry><entry TranNum="1542" morerows="1"/><entry TranNum="1543" morerows="1"/><entry TranNum="1544" morerows="1">1</entry><entry TranNum="1545" morerows="1">pF</entry></row><row TranNum="1546"><entry TranNum="1547" morerows="1">t<sub TranNum="1548">skew-pair</sub></entry><entry TranNum="1549" morerows="1">what the differential receiver between the positive negative input of the differential receiver of same differential pair caused departs from (internally departing from)</entry><entry TranNum="1550" morerows="1"/><entry TranNum="1551" morerows="1"/><entry TranNum="1552" morerows="1">250</entry><entry TranNum="1553" morerows="1">psec</entry></row><row TranNum="1554"><entry TranNum="1555" morerows="1">t<sub TranNum="1556">skew-pair-EXT</sub></entry><entry TranNum="1557" morerows="1">internally depart from external schema</entry><entry TranNum="1558" morerows="1"/><entry TranNum="1559" morerows="1"/><entry TranNum="1560" morerows="1">50</entry><entry TranNum="1561" morerows="1">psec</entry></row><row TranNum="1562"><entry TranNum="1563" morerows="1">t<sub TranNum="1564">a</sub></entry><entry TranNum="1565" morerows="1">shake, bit boundary to intermediate interdigitated point</entry><entry TranNum="1566" morerows="1"/><entry TranNum="1567" morerows="1"/><entry TranNum="1568" morerows="1">t<sub TranNum="1569">b</sub>-38.5</entry><entry TranNum="1570" morerows="1">psec</entry></row><row TranNum="1571"><entry TranNum="1572" morerows="1">t<sub TranNum="1573">b-TP0-RCVR-INT</sub></entry><entry TranNum="1574" morerows="1">shake, bit boundary (external schema) to minimum output level</entry><entry TranNum="1575" morerows="1"/><entry TranNum="1576" morerows="1"/><entry TranNum="1577" morerows="1">referring to top</entry><entry TranNum="1578" morerows="1">psec</entry></row><row TranNum="1579"><entry TranNum="1580" morerows="1">t<sub TranNum="1581">b-TP0-RCVR-EXT</sub></entry><entry TranNum="1582" morerows="1">shake, bit boundary (external schema) to minimum output level</entry><entry TranNum="1583" morerows="1"/><entry TranNum="1584" morerows="1"/><entry TranNum="1585" morerows="1">referring to top</entry><entry TranNum="1586" morerows="1">psec</entry></row></tbody></tgroup></table></tables>

In Figure 42, console controller 4202 and client computer or display controller 4204 transmit grouping via communication link 4206.Console controller adopts a series of three drivers 4210,4212 and 4214 to receive main frame DATA to be transmitted and STB signal, and receives client data signal to be transmitted, and client computer adopts three drivers 4230,4232 and 4234.The driver (4212) of being responsible for main frame DATA transmission adopts the enable signal input in order to usually only have when needs transmit from main frame to client computer, just allows to activate communication link.Because the STB signal is that the part transmitted as data forms, so do not adopt additional enable signal for this driver (4212).In client computer DATA and STB receiver (4132,4230) driver, the input of each has cross-over connection (paceaccross) terminal impedance or resistance 4218 and 4220 thereon respectively.Driver 4234 in the client computer controller is for preparing to be sent to from client computer the data-signal of main frame, and wherein the driver 4214 of input side is processed these data.

Dedicated receiver (driver) 4216 with DATA circuit coupling or is connected, and produces or uses the variation of previous discussed 125mV, the part of the dormancy of discussing as other places control with 4236.This skew makes the dormancy line receiver unit will not drive signal to being interpreted as the logical zero level.

Above-mentioned driver and impedance can be used as discrete component or form as the part of circuit module, or form as application-specific integrated circuit (ASIC) (ASIC), and this application-specific integrated circuit (ASIC) serves as more cost-effective encoder or decoder scheme.

Can be easy to find out: the signal that usage flag is HOST_Pwr and HOST_Gnd via couple of conductor from main process equipment to client devices or the display delivering power.The HOST_Gnd of signal partly serves as benchmark ground and power supply return path or the signal of client devices.The HOST_Pwr signal serves as the power supply of client devices, and this power supply is driven by main process equipment.In exemplary configuration, for low power applications, described client devices is allowed to use maximum 500mA.Can provide the HOST_Pwr signal from compact power, such as, but be not limited to battery or the battery pack of the lithium ion type that resides in main process equipment, and can be in the scope of 3.2 to 4.3 volts with respect to HOST_Gnd.

VII. temporal characteristics

A. general introduction

The step that Figure 43 A, 43B and 43C illustrate respectively and signal level are used by main frame or client computer, take to enter resting state (do not ask, expect and maybe need service) and be the service of client computer acquisition from main frame.In Figure 43 A, 43B and 43C, shown first signal shows the link-down grouping transmitted from main frame, and then using high impedance bias circuit that data wire is driven is the logical zero state.Client computer or the main frame of having forbidden its driver do not transmit data.Because MDDI_Stb during the link-down grouping activates, so can see in bottom a series of strobe pulses of MDDI_Stb signal line.When main frame biasing circuit and logical drive to zero the time, once this grouping finishes, logic level just becomes 0.The last signal that the representative of this situation transmits from main frame or finish from the service of main frame, and this may occur in any time in the past, and also this is included so that the service that illustrates is formerly ended and the signal condition before service starts.If necessary, can send such signal, just for communication link being reset to suitable state, and without the formerly communication of ' known ' undertaken by this main process equipment.

As shown in Figure 43 A, and what as above for link-down, grouping was discussed is such, under low power sleep state, after the 16th to the 48th MDDI_Stb cycle after last of all-zero word section in link-down grouping or pulse, start, the MDDI_Data0 driver is disabled and enter high impedance status.For type 2, type 3 or type 4 links, when the MDDI_Data0 driver is disabled, MDDI_Datal to MDDI_DataPwr7 signal also is placed into high impedance status.In the definition of all-zero word section, described, 64 cycles after the MSB of the crc field of dividing into groups at link-down (or, desirable like that according to system), the MDDI_Stb upset, thus can complete the processing of client computer and the orderly close-down in the client computer controller.One-period is once low to high conversion, then once high to Low conversion of back, or once high to Low conversion, then once low to high conversion of back.After sending the all-zero word section, the MDDI_Data0 in main frame and MDDI_Stb driver are disabled, and main frame enters low power sleep state.Over time, enable the output of MDDI_Data0 and MDDI_Stb circuit or driver, the link that main frame starts as shown in Figure 43 b and 43c is restarted sequence, and begins turning MDDI_Stb, the part of the wake request of initiating as main frame or client computer.

As shown in Figure 43 B, in the situation that disabled after after a while for the output signal of the driver of MDDI_Data0 and MDDI_Stb, main frame is by by its MDDI_Stb driver enabling time section t _{stb-data-enbl}, start service or wake up from dormancy, at this moment between in section, circuit is driven to the logical zero level, until it is enabled fully, then enables its MDDI_Data0 driver.(elapsed time section t after MDDI_Data0 reaches height or logical one level _{client-startup}occur), main frame maintains the logical zero level by MDDI_Stb.In time period t _{client-startup}during end, main frame upset MDDI_Stb signal or circuit.In time period t _restart-highin, main frame drives the MDDI_Data0 circuit for high, i.e. logical one level, and client computer does not drive MDDI_Data0, and then, in time period t _restart-lowin, the MDDI_Data0 circuit is driven as low, i.e. the logical zero level.After this, the first forward business starts together with the subframe header packet, then, and the grouping of transmission forward business.At period t _restart-lowduring follow-up subframe header packet, the MDDI_Stb signal activates.

As shown in Figure 43 C, in the situation that disabled after after a while for the output signal of the driver of MDDI_Data0 and MDDI_Stb, by enabling at main frame before its MDDI_Stb driver in time period t _{stb-data-enbl}inside enable skew or output signal in the MDDI_Stb receiver, client computer is sent service request or is waken up from dormancy.Then, client computer is enabled its MDDI_Data0 driver duration section t _host-detect, during this period, before main frame starts the MDDI_Stb upset, circuit is driven to the logical zero level.

At Host Detection to before described request, may through or need a certain amount of time, be expressed as during this period of time " t _host-detect", after this, main frame remains on the logical zero level by MDDI_Stb and reaches time period t _stb-startupmake response, then, main frame is in time period t _restart-highinterior MDDI_Data0 is driven into to logical one or high level, thereby starts with link startup sequence upset MDDI_Stb.When client computer is found the first pulse on MDDI_Stb, it forbids the skew in its MDDI_Stb receiver.Client computer continues MDDI_Data0 is driven into to logical one level or time period t _{client-detect}, until it detects this circuit of host driven.At this hour, client computer no longer maintains (de-assert) described request, and forbids its MDDI_Data0 driver, and therefore the output from client computer also enters 0 logic level, host driven MDDI_Data0.As previously mentioned, at time period " t _restart-high" in, main frame continues MDDI_Data0 is driven as logic ' 1 ' level, and after this, main frame is urged to low and lasting " t to the MDDI_Data0 circuit _restart-low" time period, after this, the first forward business starts with the subframe header packet.At t _restart-lowduring time period and during the subsequent subframe header packet, described MDDI_Stb signal is in state of activation.

Table X shows the time that represents or the processing time section of the length of above-mentioned various time periods, and exemplary minimum and the relation between maximum data rate, wherein: $t_{\mathrm{bit}}=\frac{1}{\mathrm{Link}\_\mathrm{Data}\_\mathrm{Rate}},$ Wherein Link_Data_Rate is the right bit rate of individual data.

Table X

Parameter

Describe

Minimum value

Representative value

Maximum

Unit

1/t BIT-min-perf

The link data speed of lowest performance equipment

0.001

1.1

Mbps

1/t BIT-max-perf

The maximum link data speed range of external equipment

0.001

400

Mbps

1/t BIT-max-perf

The maximum link data speed range of internal unit

0.001

550

Mbps

Reverse link data rate

0.0005

50

Mbps

t BIT

The cycle of external schema ventrocephalad link data position

2.5

10 6

nsec

t BIT

The cycle of internal schema ventrocephalad link data position

1.8

10 6

nsec

t restart-high

During host link is restarted high impulse

140

150

160

The Stb clock

t restart-low

Host link is restarted low impulse duration

50

50

50

The Stb clock

t stb-data-enabl

MDDI_Stb is enabled to the link that MDDI_Data0 is activated fully and restarts sequence

0

Microsecond

t client-startup

Main frame keeps the time of MDDI_Stb at the logical zero level after MDDI_Data0 reaches logic high

200

Nanosecond

t host-detect

From the high time to the MDDI_Stb upset of MDDI_Data0

0

1000

Microsecond

t client-detect

Client computer detects the time that MDDI_Data0 is logic high performance equipment

60

80

The stb clock

t stb-startup

At main frame, start to keep the time that MDDI_Stb is the logical zero level before the MDDI_Stb upset

100

Nanosecond

The function that person skilled in the art will readily appreciate that each element of Figure 41 and 42 illustrated is well-known, and confirms the function of element in Figure 42 by the sequential chart in Figure 43 a, 43b and 43c.The details of the terminal resistance of the series connection shown in Figure 42 and dormancy resistance is omitted from Figure 41, and this is because for how describing executing data-gating coding and, according to for its recovered clock, described information is unnecessary.

B. data-gating sequential forward link

The switching characteristic that transmits data on forward link from the host driver output has been shown in Table X I-1.The typical time that some signal that Table X I occurs with the form contrast changes has provided needed minimum and maximum.For example, starting to finishing to change (to be called t from data value (' 0 ' or ' 1 ' output) _{tdd-(host-output)}data0 to Data0, change) typical time span be t _tbit, and minimum time is approximately t _tbit-0.5 nanosecond, and maximum time is approximately t _tbit+ 0.5 nanosecond.Relative spacing between transformation on Data0, other data wire (DataX) and gating line (Stb) is described in Figure 44, wherein show Data0 to gating, gating to gating, gating to Data0, Data0 to non-Data0, non-Data0 to non-Data0, non-Data0 to gating and gating to the transition interval of non-Data0, it is called to t _{tds-(host-output)}, t _{tss-(host-output)}, t _{tsd-(host-output)}, t _{tddx-(host-output)}, t _{tdxdx-(host-output)}, t _{tdxs-(host-output)}and t _{tsdx-(host-output)}.

Table X I-1

Parameter	Describe	Minimum value	Representative value	Maximum	Unit
						t tdd-(host-output)	Data0 to Data0 changes	t tbit-0.5	t tbit	t tbit+0.5	Nanosecond
t tds-(host-output)	Data0 changes to gating	t tbit-0.8	t tbit	t tbit+0.8	Nanosecond
						t tss-(host-output)	Gating to gating changes	t tbit-0.5	t tbit	t tbit+0.5	Nanosecond
t tsd-(host-output)	Gating changes to Data0	t tbit-0.8	t tbit	t tbit+0.8	Nanosecond
						t tddx-(host-output)	Data0 is to non-Data0 transformation		t tbit		Nanosecond
t tdxdx-(host-output)	Non-Data0 is to non-Data0 transformation	t tbit-0.5	t tbit	t tbit+0.5	Nanosecond
						t tdxs-(host-output)	Non-Data0 changes to gating		t tbit		Nanosecond
t tsdx-(host-output)	Gating is to non-Data0 transformation		t tbit		Nanosecond

The typical MDDI sequential requirement of the client computer receiver input for transmit same signal on forward link has been shown in Table X I-2.Due to what discuss except time delay, be identical signal, thus do not need new accompanying drawing to illustrate characteristics of signals or the meaning of each mark, such as the skilled person will appreciate.

Table X I-2

Parameter	Describe	Minimum value	Representative value	Maximum	Unit
						t tdd-(display-input)	Data0 to Data0 changes	t tbit-1.0	t tbit	t tbit+1.0	Nanosecond
t tds-(display-input)	Data0 changes to gating	t tbit-1.5	t tbit	t tbit+1.5	Nanosecond

t tss-(display-input)	Gating to gating changes	t tbit-1.0	t tbit	t tbit+1.0	Nanosecond
						t tsd-(display-input)	Gating changes to Data0	t tbit-1.5	t tbit	t tbit+1.5	Nanosecond
t tddx-(host-output)	Data0 is to non-Data0 transformation		t tbit		Nanosecond
						t tdxdx-(host-output)	Non-Data0 is to non-Data0 transformation		t tbit		Nanosecond
t tdxs-(host-output)	Non-Data0 changes to gating		t tbit		Nanosecond
						t tsdx-(host-output)	Gating is to non-Data0 transformation		t tbit		Nanosecond

Figure 45 and 46 illustrates respectively the delay existed as response when main frame is forbidden or enabled master driver.In the situation that main frame transmits some grouping, such as reverse link encapsulating packets or the grouping of round trip delay measurements, main frame is after required grouping is transmitted, forbid described line driver, required grouping is for example aimed at and full zero packets for the parameters C RC transmitted of Figure 45 illustrated, gating.Yet, as shown in figure 45, the state of described circuit needn't be at once switches to needed high-value from ' 0 ', although this utilizes existing some control or circuit element just can realize, but will experience, is called as host driver and forbids the time period of delay period and make response.Although this switching in fact can be carried out immediately; thereby make this time period is 0 nanosecond (nsec) on length; but it also can continue the longer cycle at an easy rate; as 10 nanoseconds of the maximum cycle length needed, this carries out at guard time 1 or during turning to 1 packet cycle.

Referring to Figure 46, when host driver is activated so that while transmitting the grouping of dividing into groups such such as reverse link encapsulating packets or round trip delay measurements, people can see that signal level changes.Here; at guard time 2 or after turning to 2 packet cycle; host driver is activated and starts drive level (being ' 0 ') here; approach after experience is called host driver to enable the time period of delay period or reach this value; it is before the first grouping is sent out that this host driver is enabled delay period, during driver reactivates the cycle, occurs.

The driver of client devices and signal transmit and similar process occurs, and the client computer here is display.Below, Common Criteria and their relations separately of the length in these cycles have been shown in Table X II.

Table X II

Describe	Minimum value	Maximum	Unit
				The host driver forbidding postpones	0	10	Nanosecond
Host driver is enabled delay	0	2.0	Nanosecond
				The display driver forbidding postpones	0	10	Nanosecond
Display driver is enabled delay	0	2.0	Nanosecond

C. main frame and client computer output are enabled and the forbidding time

In Figure 48, illustrated with respect to the main frame in reverse link encapsulating packets structure and cycle and client computer output is enabled and switching characteristic and the relative timing relation of forbidding time or operation.Driver output function or operation are designated as: t _host-enable, represent main frame output enabling time; t _host-disable, represent the main frame output forbidding time; t _{client-enable}, representative client is exported enabling time; t _{client-disable}, the representative client output forbidding time.Below discuss the typical time of signal specific conversion.The minimum period of these operations will be 0 nanosecond, representative value or maximum be according to the system that adopts this interface and definite, magnitude may be 8 nanoseconds or more.

Below Table X III show the length in these cycles (main frame and client computer enable/forbidding time) and the general guide policy of relation separately thereof.

Table X III

Parameter	Describe	Minimum value	Representative value	Maximum	Unit
						t host-enable	Main frame is exported enabling time	0		24·t BIT	Nanosecond
t host-disable	Main frame is exported the forbidding time, turns to the total length of 1 field	0		24·t BIT	Nanosecond
						t client-enable	Client computer is exported enabling time, turns to the total length of 1 field	0		24·t BIT	Nanosecond
t client-disable	From the client computer output forbidding time that turns to last end of 2 fields to measure	0		24·t BIT	Nanosecond

VIII. link is controlled the implementation of (link controller operation)

A. state machine packet handler

The grouping transmitted via the MDDI link, usually with about 300Mbps or larger speed, as 400Mbps, is transmitted very rapidly, when certainly needing, certainly also can support lower speed.For (economy) general purpose microprocessor that can buy at present etc., the speed of such bus or transmission link is too high so that uncontrollable.Therefore, for realizing that actual implementation that such signal transmits is to utilize programmable state machine to resolve the input stream of packets in order to produce the grouping that is transmitted or is redirected to the suitable audio-video subsystem that they should go.This equipment is known, and uses and usually to be exclusively used in the circuit of a limited number of operation, function or state, in order to realize needed high-speed or ultrahigh speed operation.

General purpose controller, processor or treatment element can be had to some information required than low velocity for more suitably acting on or handling, such as controlling or status packet.While receiving those groupings (control, state or the grouping of other predefine), state machine should allow them via data buffer or similar treatment element, be passed to general processor, thereby can be operated in order to needed result (effect) is provided described grouping, audio frequency and vision grouping simultaneously is sent to its suitable destination in order to moved.If in the future, create microprocessor or other general purpose controller, processor or treatment element and can realize the more disposal ability of high data rate, can also realize with the software control of this equipment state discussed below or state machine so, described equipment is usually used as the program such as being stored on memory element or medium.

In certain embodiments, described general processor function can utilize disposal ability or unnecessary cycle to realize, described disposal ability or unnecessary cycle can be from computer application microprocessor (CPU) or controller, processor, digital signal processor (DSP), special circuit or wireless device in the ASIC that finds obtain, the mode of its realization is very similar to some modulator-demodulator or image processor utilizes the disposal ability of the CPU found in computer to carry out some function, and reduces complexity and the cost of hardware.Yet the shared or use meeting in this cycle brings negative influence to the whole operation of processing speed, sequential or this element, therefore, in many application, special circuit or element are more suitable in this common treatment.

In order on display (miniscope), to watch view data, or receive reliably all groupings that sent by main process equipment, described client signals is processed and forward link passage timing synchronization.That is to say, the signal that arrives client computer and client computer circuit wants synchronous in time basically, in order to correctly carry out the signal processing.In Figure 49, explanation can realize the senior chart of the state that this synchronous signal treatment step or method realize.Possible forward link for state machine 4900 shown in Figure 49 synchronous " state " is classified as one " async framing state " 4904, two " acquisition synchronous regime " 4902 and 4906 and three " states in synchronous " 4908,4910 and 4912.

As start as shown in step or state 4902, the display such as display device or client computer start with preliminary election " asynchronous (no sync) " state, and searching and detecting to the first subframe header packet in unique word.It should be noted that minimal communications setting or " retreating (fall-back) " when this asynchronous regime means Selective type 1 interface arrange.When searching period is found described unique word, client computer is preserved the subframe lengths field.Verification is not carried out in the CRC position when processing this first frame, or until obtain synchronous just verification.If this subframe lengths is zero, therefore synchronous regime is processed and is continued to state 4904 so, is labeled as " async framing (async frame) " state here, and this shows also not realize synchronous.In Figure 49, in processing, this step is labeled as and has cond 3, or condition 3.In addition, if frame length is greater than zero, synchronous regime is processed and is proceeded to state 4906 so, and wherein Interface status is set to " finding a synchronization frame ".In Figure 49, this step in processing is labeled as and has cond 5, or condition 5.In addition, if be greater than zero frame for frame length, state machine is seen the frame header packet and determines to have good CRC, processes so " finding a synchronization frame " state that proceeds to.In Figure 49, it is labeled as and meets cond6, or condition 6.

In each situation in system in the state except " asynchronous ", when having determined that the subframe header packet has good CRC result, Interface status is changed into " in synchronous " state 4908.In Figure 49, this step in processing is labeled as and meets cond 1, or condition 1.On the other hand, if the CRC in any grouping is incorrect, synchronous regime is processed the Interface status 4902 of proceeding or turn back to " Non-alignment Frame " state so.In the state diagram of Figure 49, this part in processing is labeled as and meets cond 2, or condition 2.

B. synchronization gain time

Described interface can be configured to allow " timing error " of specific quantity before judgement loses synchronously, and turns back to " Non-alignment Frame " state.In Figure 49, once state machine reaches " state in synchronous " and do not find mistake, it will run into the result of cond 1 continuously so, and remain on " in synchronous " state.Yet, once cond 2 results be detected, processing procedure is changed into state " timing error (one-sync-error) " state 4910 so.At this hour, if processing procedure detects the result of another cond 1, state machine turns back to " in synchronous " state so, otherwise it runs into the result of another cond 2, and moves to " two timing errors " state 4912.In addition, if cond 1 occurs, process so and state machine is back to " in synchronous " state.Otherwise, run into another cond 2, and state machine turns back to " asynchronous " state.It will also be appreciated that, if interface runs into " link-down grouping ", this will allow the link terminating number reportedly send and turn back to " Non-alignment Frame " state so, just as nothing is can be with it synchronous, in the state diagram shown in Figure 49, be referred to as and meet cond 4.

It should be understood that the repetition " mistake copy (falsecopy) " that likely has unique word, it may appear at certain place, fixed position in subframe.In those situations, state machine extremely can not with this synchronizing sub-frame, this is that the CRC on the subframe header packet must be also effective because proceed to " in synchronous " state for MDD is processed while being processed.

Subframe lengths in the subframe header packet can be set to zero, and to show at link-down, and, before the MDD interface is arranged on or is configured to idle resting state, main frame only transmits a subframe.In this case, client computer must receive grouping via forward link immediately after the subframe header packet being detected, and this is only to have sent in the past a subframe because be converted to idle condition at link.In normal or typical operation, subframe lengths is non-zero, and client computer only processes the forward link grouping, and described interface is in those states of unified being shown as " in synchronous " state in Figure 49.

The client devices of external schema can be connected to main frame, and main frame is sending the forward link sequence.In this case, client computer must be synchronized to main frame.Client computer is synchronized to the required time of forward link signals along with subframe size and forward link data rate and changes.When sub-frame size is larger, in forward link, detect as the possibility of " the mistake copy " of the unique word of described random data or more random data parts larger.Simultaneously, when forward link data rate is slower, the ability of recovering from error detection is lower, and it is longer to carry out the time that this operation spends.

For one or more embodiment, recommend or be understood that, the MDDI main frame should be carried out some additional steps, with guarantee it stop forward link transmissions and before entering low-power mode or closing link fully the MDDI reverse link be stable.

Such problem may occur: if the measured value that the round trip that main frame uses postpones is incorrect, this may cause back to receive all reverse data transport stream failures from client computer, good even if forward link looks like.When client computer is asynchronous with forward link, perhaps, affect the round trip delay because extreme variation of ambient temperature causes the propagation delay of differential driver and receiver to produce corresponding large variation, if main frame sends the grouping of round trip delay measurements, this phenomenon will occur.Intermittent cable or joint contact fault also may make client computer temporarily lose synchronous and then obtain synchronously, and during this period, it may can not receive the grouping of round trip delay measurements.Follow-up reverse link grouping can't correctly be decoded by main frame.

Contingent another kind of problem is: if client computer temporarily loses synchronously, so, before client computer can be obtained synchronously again, main frame sends the link-down grouping.When client computer can't enter resting state, main frame will be in resting state, because it does not receive that link-down divides into groups and there is no clock, because link is in resting state.

A kind of technology or the embodiment that can be used for overcoming these problems are: before link is inserted to resting state, make main frame guarantee that client computer synchronizes with forward link.If the MDDI main frame can't be accomplished this point or there is no such chance, for example, when its do not have electricity or due to occur during operation cable, conductor or joint separately, disconnection or connection breaking be while causing link down or fault, so, main frame should first guarantee that client computer was synchronous before starting round trip delay measurements process or sending the reverse link encapsulating packets as far as possible.

Main frame can be observed the client requests of client computer transmission and the crc error count area in status packet, to determine the integrality of forward link.Main frame is from this grouping of client requests.But if main link failure or interruption are arranged, this request will probably can not get response, because client computer can't correctly be decoded to this grouping, or may can't receive it at all.Use the client requests and the status packet that send in the reverse link encapsulating packets to serve as the first integrity checking to the request of crc error counting, be equivalent to first and spin.Whether in addition, main frame can send a round trip delay measurements grouping, effective to confirm losing synchronous hypothesis about client computer.If client computer does not divide into groups to make response to the round trip delay measurements, main frame can show that client computer loses synchronous conclusion, then just can start and make it recover synchronous processing.

Once main frame draws main frame and probably with forward link, lose the conclusion of synchronizeing, it just waited for before attempting to send any grouping outside the filler grouping, until next subframe header.The purpose of doing like this is, makes client computer have time enough to remove to detect or find the unique word comprised in the subframe header packet.After this, main frame can suppose, client computer self resets, because it does not find unique word in correct position.At this hour, main frame can be in subframe header packet back with a round trip delay measurements grouping.If client computer does not still divide into groups to make correct response to the round trip delay measurements, main frame can repeat synchronizing process again.Correct response is, client computer in the grouping of round trip delay measurements, by the sequence loopback of appointment to main frame.If do not receive this sequence, the reverse data received in the reverse link encapsulating packets will failure.The continuation of this character unsuccessfully may show some other system mistakes, and this must otherwise solve, therefore carve at this moment, is not the part of link synchronization.

But, if main frame is still seen destroyed data in successful round trip delay measurements grouping, or not response in the reverse link encapsulating packets, it should, by resending a round trip delay measurements grouping, confirm that the reverse data sampling is correct.If after attempting for several times, this is also unsuccessful, for an embodiment, to advise, main frame, by increasing the reverse rate divider value, reduces reverse data rate.

Before the MDDI link is inserted to resting state, main frame should be carried out above-mentioned link failure detection and link synchronizing step again.This can guarantee usually, and the round trip delay measurements grouping of carrying out when link restarts after a while is successfully.If main frame has no reason to suspect link failure, and client computer has been reported the correct response to reverse link encapsulating packets and zero forward link crc error, so, main frame can be supposed, all work or (for example work well, there is no link failure), and continue power decreasing/sleep procedure.

Main frame can be tested synchronous another kind of mode: allow main frame send the grouping of round trip delay measurements, and confirm the correct response from client computer.If main frame is received correct response, can reasonably suppose, client computer is just in the explained forward link packets.

C. initialization

As previously mentioned, when " startup ", the host configuration forward link is so that with the data rate work of the 1Mbps that requires lower than minimum or need, or just with this speed, works, and suitably configures subframe lengths and dielectric frame speed for given application.That is to say, positive and negative link all type of service 1 interface is started working.When main frame is determined the ability of client computer display (or client devices of other type) or needed configuration, these parameters of Interim use just usually.Described main frame sends or transmits the subframe header packet via forward link, be followed by the reverse link encapsulating packets thereafter, this grouping is by position ' 0 ' value of being set to (1) of request flag, so that request display or client computer divide into groups to respond with client capabilities.Once display obtains and synchronizes on (or with) forward link, it just sends client capabilities grouping and client requests and status packet via reverse link or passage.

Main frame checks the content of client capabilities grouping, in order to consider or needed performance class for optimum, determines and how to reconfigure link.Main frame checks that protocol version and minimal protocol version field described main frame for confirmation and client computer have been used the protocol version of compatibility each other.Described protocol version normally saves as two parameters of beginning of client capabilities grouping, even therefore other element of agreement is incompatible or can not be interpreted as compatibility fully, also can determine compatibility.

Under internal schema, main frame can be known the client computer parameter in advance, and without receiving the client capabilities grouping.Link can be according to any data rate that main frame and client computer can be worked is restarted.In a lot of embodiment, system designer is probably selected to start link with attainable peak data rate, and with speeding up data transmission, still, this not necessarily and does not need to make in this way under many circumstances yet.For the internal schema operation, the frequency of the strobe pulse used during link is restarted from resting state is usually consistent with this expection speed.

D.CRC processes

For all packet types, the packet handler state machine guarantees that the CRC check device suitably or is correctly controlled.Relatively produced one or morely when wrong when CRC being detected, also increased the crc error counter, and the described crc counter of resetting when each processed subframe starts.

E. the optional synchronization check that loses

Although above-mentioned series of steps or state can produce more high data rate or throughput speed, but the applicant has been found that: can also effectively realize even higher data rate or throughput with other replacement setting or the change of condition, wherein client computer is stated with main frame and is lost and synchronize by these conditions.The new embodiment of the present invention has identical basic structure, and variation has occurred the condition that still changes state.In addition, realize new counter in order to contribute to carry out the synchronizing sub-frame inspection.Provided these steps and condition with respect to Figure 63, this illustrates a series of states and condition for the operation of method for building up or state machine.For clear, only show " acquisition synchronous regime " and " state in synchronous " part.In addition, because the state obtained and state machine itself is identical basically, so they use identical numbering.Yet the condition of change state (and state machine operation) more or less changes,, therefore in order to make two figure all clear, all renumberd (1,2,3,4,5 and 6 with respect to 61,62,63,64, and 65), so that Recognition Different.Owing to not considering the async framing state in this discussion, so have in this drawing a state (4904) and condition (6) not to re-use.

In Figure 63,, from the state machine 5000 of preliminary election " asynchronous " state 4902, this is identical with Figure 49 for described system or client computer (for showing or presenting).The change of state for the first time that changes state from asynchronous condition 4902 is to carry out for 64 in the condition of finding synchronous mode.The CRC that supposes the subframe header also transmits (eligible 61) in this grouping, and the state of packet handler state machine can be changed into synchronous middle state 4908.Timing error namely condition 62 will allow state machine switch to state 4910, and switch to state 4912 when this condition occurring for the second time.Yet, have been found that any CRC failure of MDDI grouping all will allow state machine shift out synchronous middle state 4908, enter a timing error state 4910.The another CRC of any MDDI grouping unsuccessfully can cause moving on to two synchronization failure states 4912.Utilize the grouping of correct crc value decoding will cause state machine to return to synchronous middle state 4908.

The place that has occurred to change is to have utilized crc value or definite to the CRC of ' each ' grouping.That is to say, allow state machine note the crc value of (look at) each grouping in order to determine and to lose synchronously, rather than only observe the subframe header packet.In this structure or process, be not with unique word and only with subframe header crc value determine lose synchronous.

This new Interface realization mode allows the MDD interface link to identify more rapidly synchronization failure, thereby equally more promptly therefrom recovers.

In order to make this system more firm, the sub-frame count device should be added or utilize to client computer also.So unique word expection arrives or while occurring, client computer checks the existence of unique word in signal.If unique word does not occur in orthochronous, client computer can identify more rapidly synchronization failure and occurs so, this speed that identifies synchronization failure must be waited for several (being three) individual packet time or fast many of cycle here than it, and wherein said grouping is more much bigger than subframe lengths.If the test to unique word shows that it does not occur, in other words, sequential is incorrect, and client computer states that link loses synchronously immediately so, and moves on to asynchronous regime.The process that checks correct unique word appearance has been added condition 65 (cond65) to state machine, illustrates that unique word is incorrect.Receive subframe grouping but mismatch if be desirably on client computer, client computer can enter asynchronous regime 4902 immediately so, thereby save the additional period of waiting for a plurality of timing errors (condition 62), the plurality of false sync normally runs into by state 4910 and 4912.

This change comes subframe lengths is counted by the tally function in additional counter or client computer core.In one embodiment, use the countdown function, if counter expires, just interrupt the transmission of current any grouping of just processing, in order to check the subframe unique word.As selection, described counter also can increase progressively counting, and described counting is compared with needed maximum or specific needs value, at this, is worth corresponding moment verification current group.This process protection client computer need not be to the long especially packet decoding of length received improperly on client computer.If the subframe lengths counter need to interrupt some just decoded other grouping, so because grouping should not crossed over the subframe border, so can determine lost synchronous.

IX. packet transaction

The grouping of above-mentioned each type received for state machine, it carries out the operation that specific treatment step or series of steps realize interface.Usually the exemplary process of listing according to following Table X IV is processed the forward link grouping.

Table X IV<tables TranNum="2097" num="0025"><table TranNum="2098"><tgroup TranNum="2099" cols="2"><colspec TranNum="2100" colname="c001" colwidth="34%"/><colspec TranNum="2101" colname="c002" colwidth="66%"/><tbody TranNum="2102"><row TranNum="2103"><entry TranNum="2104" morerows="1">packet type</entry><entry TranNum="2105" morerows="1">the response of packet handler state machine</entry></row><row TranNum="2106"><entry TranNum="2107" morerows="1">subframe header (SH)</entry><entry TranNum="2108" morerows="1">confirm good grouping, catch the subframe lengths field and send packet parameters to general processor.</entry></row><row TranNum="2109"><entry TranNum="2110" morerows="1">filler (F)</entry><entry TranNum="2111" morerows="1">ignore data.</entry></row><row TranNum="2112"><entry TranNum="2113" morerows="1">video flowing (VS)</entry><entry TranNum="2114" morerows="1">explain video data format descriptor symbol and other parameter, in case of necessity the pixel data of having packed is unpacked, convert pixel by color map in case of necessity, and pixel data is write to the appropriate location in bitmap.</entry></row><row TranNum="2115"><entry TranNum="2116" morerows="1">audio stream (AS)</entry><entry TranNum="2117" morerows="1">send the audio sample rates setting to the audio sample clock generator, the audio sample of separation finger sizing, take audio sampling data in case of necessity apart, and audio sample is routed to suitable audio sample FIFO</entry></row><row TranNum="2118"><entry TranNum="2119" morerows="1">color map (CM)</entry><entry TranNum="2120" morerows="1">read color map size and offset parameter, and the color map data are write to color map memory or memory cell.</entry></row><row TranNum="2121"><entry TranNum="2122" morerows="1">reverse link encapsulation (REL)</entry><entry TranNum="2123" morerows="1">between being convenient in due course, according to reverse transmission, divide into groups.Check the reverse link sign, send the client capabilities grouping when needing.As long as suitable, also send client requests and status packet.</entry></row><row TranNum="2124"><entry TranNum="2125" morerows="1">client capabilities (CC)</entry><entry TranNum="2126" morerows="1">when host request, by the reverse link attribute field of reverse link encapsulating packets, send such grouping.</entry></row><row TranNum="2127"><entry TranNum="2128" morerows="1">keyboard (K)</entry><entry TranNum="2129" morerows="1">use if having keyboard type equipment and need, just these groupings are passed to the general processor of this keyboard type devices communicating and receive these groupings from this general processor.</entry></row><row TranNum="2130"><entry TranNum="2131" morerows="1">indicating equipment (PD)</entry><entry TranNum="2132" morerows="1">use if having indicator type equipment and need, just these groupings are passed to the general processor of communicating by letter with this indication type equipment and receive these groupings from this general processor.</entry></row><row TranNum="2133"><entry TranNum="2134" morerows="1">link-down (LS)</entry><entry TranNum="2135" morerows="1">record the pent fact of link and notice general processor.</entry></row><row TranNum="2136"><entry TranNum="2137" morerows="1">client service request and state (CSRS)</entry><entry TranNum="2138" morerows="1">sending this grouping divides into groups as first in the reverse link encapsulating packets.</entry></row><row TranNum="2139"><entry TranNum="2140" morerows="1">blit (BPT)</entry><entry TranNum="2141" morerows="1">packet parameters explanation such as video data format descriptor symbol, determine at first mobile which pixel, and the pixel in mobile bitmap as required.</entry></row><row TranNum="2142"><entry TranNum="2143" morerows="1">bitmap region is filled (BAF)</entry><entry TranNum="2144" morerows="1">explain packet parameters, convert pixel by color map in case of necessity, and pixel data is write to the appropriate location in bitmap,</entry></row><row TranNum="2145"><entry TranNum="2146" morerows="1">bitmap pattern is filled (BPF)</entry><entry TranNum="2147" morerows="1">explain packet parameters, take in case of necessity the pixel data of having packed apart, convert pixel by color map in case of necessity, and pixel data is write to the appropriate location in bitmap.</entry></row><row TranNum="2148"><entry TranNum="2149" morerows="1">communication link passage (CLC)</entry><entry TranNum="2150" morerows="1">directly these data are sent to general processor.</entry></row><row TranNum="2151"><entry TranNum="2152" morerows="1">client service request (CSR) between rest period</entry><entry TranNum="2153" morerows="1">the competition that the low order function parts that general processor control sends request and detection and the link on himself are restarted.</entry></row><row TranNum="2154"><entry TranNum="2155" morerows="1">interface type handover request (ITHR) and interface type are confirmed (ITA)</entry><entry TranNum="2156" morerows="1">these groupings can be passed to general processor and therefrom transmit out.For receiving such grouping and being minimum basically with the logic of confirming to form response.Therefore, this operation can also be in grouping</entry></row></tbody></tgroup></table></tables><tables TranNum="2157" num="0026"> <table TranNum="2158"> <tgroup TranNum="2159" cols="2"> <colspec TranNum="2160" colname="c001" colwidth="34%"/> <colspec TranNum="2161" colname="c002" colwidth="66%"/> <tbody TranNum="2162"> <row TranNum="2163"> <entry TranNum="2164" morerows="1">Packet type</entry> <entry TranNum="2165" morerows="1">The response of packet handler state machine</entry> </row> <row TranNum="2166"> <entry TranNum="2167" morerows="1"/> <entry TranNum="2168" morerows="1">In processor state machine, realize.</entry></row></tbody></tgroup></table></tables>The switching obtained exists as rudimentary physical layer action, and can not affect the function of general processor.</entry></row><row TranNum="2169"><entry TranNum="2170" morerows="1">carry out type switching (PTH)</entry><entry TranNum="2171" morerows="1">can directly act on this grouping or by this grouping is sent to general processor, and order hardware carries out mode conversion.</entry> </row> </tbody> </tgroup> </table> </tables>

X. reduce reverse link data rate

The inventor observes: some parameter for the host link controller can be regulated or be configured according to specific mode, in order to realize maximum or more optimize the reverse link data rate of (scale), this is in demand.For example, during the reverse data grouping field for transmitting the reverse link encapsulating packets, the MDDI_Stb signal to being overturn (toggle) thus produce periodic data clock with half of forward link data rate.Occur that this situation is that described host link controller generates the MDDI_Stb signal corresponding to the MDDI_Data0 signal because in the situation that sending entirely zero as MDDI_Data0.The MDDI_Stb signal is transferred into client computer from main frame, it is used for to the generated clock signal in client computer in order to transmit reverse link data from client computer, and reverse data is sent back to main frame whereby.The signal on forward and reverse path in the system that adopts MDDI has been shown in Figure 50 and has transmitted and processed the typical delay amount run into.In Figure 50, Stb+/-generate, cable is sent to client computer, client computer receiver, clock generation, signal clock, Data0+/-generate, cable is sent near the processing section of main frame and main frame receiver level, show respectively a series of length of delays, that is: 1.5 nanoseconds, 8.0 nanoseconds, 2.5 nanoseconds, 2.0 nanoseconds, 1.0 nanoseconds, 1.5 nanoseconds, 8.0 nanoseconds and 2.5 nanoseconds.

According to forward link data rate and the signal processing delay that runs into, may need above time in cycle on the MDDI_Stb signal for " round trip " effect or complete one group of event, this has caused the consumption of not expecting of time or periodic quantity.In order to prevent the generation of this problem, the reverse rate divisor makes the bit time on reverse link be crossed over a plurality of cycles of MDDI_Stb signal.This means that reverse link data rate is less than forward link speed.

It should be noted, the physical length of the signal delay by described interface is along with the hardware of each particular host-client machine system or use is different and different.Although optional, by with the round trip delay measurements, dividing into groups to come the actual delay in measuring system, the reverse rate divisor is set to optimum value thus, and each system can be moved usually better.Main frame can be supported simple but sample with the master data of low velocity operation, or also can support more complicated but support the high-level data of higher reverse data rate to sample.Equally, also considered to support the client capabilities of these two kinds of methods.

Round trip postpones to measure by allowing main frame that the grouping of round trip delay measurements is sent to client computer.Client computer, by the preliminary election measurement window that is called field measuring period in this grouping or in during this preliminary election measurement window, sends it back main frame to 1 sequence, to respond this grouping.The detailed sequential of this measurement had before been described.Round trip postpones to be used for determining the speed that can sample safely to reverse link data.

That the round trip delay measurements comprises is definite, detect measuring period field start and receive at main frame the number of the forward link data clock interval that 0xff, 0xff, this time period of 0x00 response sequence from client computer occur between starting, or it is counted.It should be noted, likely the sub-fraction forward link clock cycle before measurement count is about to increase, receive the response from client computer.If unmodified value is used for calculating the reverse rate divisor by this, it can cause producing bit-errors due to insecure data sampling on reverse link so.An example of this situation of explanation in Figure 51, wherein according to graphics mode, show and represent the MDDI_Data of main frame place, the MDDI_Stb of main frame place, the forward link data clock of main frame inside and the signal of delay counter, then, the pixel of gained is write to the purpose location of pixels.In Figure 51, at delay counter, be about to from the 6 a part of forward link clock cycle that were increased to before 7, receive response sequence from client computer.If, postponing to be assumed to 6, sample to reverse data after main frame will just change so or in the middle of possibility transformation in place.Do like this and can cause main frame place sample error.For this reason, the delay of measuring, being used for calculating before the reverse rate divisor, should add 1 usually.

The reverse rate divisor is the MDDI_Stb number of cycles of main frame to waiting for before the reverse link data sampling.Due to MDDI_Stb, with forward link speed, half carrys out periodic cycle, so correct round trip delay measurements result need to be divided by 2, then carry is rounded up to next integer.This relation table is shown formula:

$\mathrm{reverse}\_\mathrm{rate}\_\mathrm{div}\mathrm{isor}=\mathrm{RoundUpToNextInteger}\left(\frac{\mathrm{round}\_\mathrm{trip}\_\mathrm{delay}+1}{2}\right)$

For given example, it becomes:

$\mathrm{reverse}\_\mathrm{rate}\_\mathrm{div}\mathrm{isor}=\mathrm{RoundUpToNextInteger}\left(\frac{6+1}{2}\right)=4$

If the round trip delay measurements result for this example is 7 rather than 6, the reverse rate divisor also equals 4 so.

Described reverse link data is sampled at the rising edge of reverse link clock constantly by main frame.In main frame and client computer (display), all exist counter or similar known circuit or equipment to be used for generating the reverse link clock.Counter is initialised, so first of reverse link grouping field that the first rising edge of reverse link clock appears at the reverse link encapsulating packets starts place.The situation of the example that explanation provides below being used in Figure 52 A.Described counter increases by 1 at each rising edge of MDDI_Stb signal, and count number increases always until this counting of reverse rate divisor setting parameter in the reverse link encapsulating packets returns to (wrap around) zero.Because the MDDI_Stb signal is to overturn with half of forward link speed, so reverse link rate is that half of forward link speed is divided by the reverse rate divisor.For example, if forward link speed is 200Mbps, and the reverse rate divisor is 4, and reverse link data rate can be expressed as so:

$\frac{1}{2}\&CenterDot;\frac{200\mathrm{<figure-callout\; id="4"\; label="Mbps"\; filenames="H05815700720061120E000091.png,H05815700720061120E000101.png"\; state="\{\{state\}\}">Mbps</figure-callout>}}{4}=25\mathrm{Mbps}$

The example of the sequential of MDDI_Data0 in the reverse link encapsulating packets and MDDI_Stb holding wire has been shown in Figure 52, wherein for illustrational packet parameters, has there is following value:

(0x0400) turns to 1 length=1 in block length=1024

(0x41) turns to 2 length=1 in packet type=65

Reverse link sign=0 reverse rate divisor=2

Parameters C RC=0xdb43 complete zero is 0x00

Grouped data between block length and parameters C RC field is:

0x00，0x04，0x41，0x00，0x02，0x01，0x01，0x43，0xdb，0x00，……

The first reverse link grouping of returning from client computer is client requests and the status packet with block length 7 and packet type 70.This divides into groups from byte value 0x07,0x00, and 0x46 ... etc. start.Yet, in Figure 52 only to see the first byte (0x07).Moved a reverse link clock cycle on this first reverse link packet time in the drawings, postponed in order to illustrate actual reverse link.It is that zero ideal waveform is shown as dashed trace that main frame to client computer round trip is postponed.

The MS byte of the crc field that passes a parameter, the front of CRC is packet type, is then the all-zero word section.When the data from main frame change level, switch to zero from the gating of main frame from one, and get back to one, thereby form wider pulse.When the data vanishing, gating signal is switched with higher rate, only has the data change on data wire to cause producing and changing near the end of aiming at field.For remainder in figure, because having, data-signal fixes 0 or 1 level and continuity cycle some time, so gating signal is switched with described higher rate, and this transformation drops on pulse pattern (edge).

The reverse link clock of main frame is in zero, until turn to 1 end cycle, now clock starts to support the reverse link grouping.Mean the moment of data sampling in figure than the arrow of lower part, can obviously finding out as the remainder from disclosure.The first byte of the grouping field just transmitted shown in figure (being here 11000000) starts to occur after turning to 1, and line level is because host driver is disabled and stable.Can find out the delay in primary transmission (passage) in the dotted line of data-signal, and as position three, see.

Can see the representative value of the reverse rate divisor based on forward link data rate in Figure 53.Actual reverse rate divisor is as the round trip link measurements and definite, in order to guarantee correct reverse link operations.First area 5302 is corresponding to ESD protection area, and second area 5304 is corresponding to the edge performance zone, and the 3rd zone 5306 shows greatly can not correct setting of working.

On forward or reverse link, utilize described interface type in arranging arbitrarily work is set in, round trip delay measurements and the setting of reverse rate divisor are identical, and this is because they are mean and operate according to the figure place of actual clock cycle rather than transmission or reception.

Usually, the reverse rate divisor of maximum possible is can enough type I interfaces at round trip, to measure half of the figure place that sends in the measurement window of grouping, or, for this example:

Also can adopt a kind of advanced person's the reverse data method of sampling to make reverse bit time be less than the selection that round trip postpones as a kind of.For this technology, main frame is only measured round trip and is postponed, but also can determine the phase place with respect to the client computer with zero-lag and link " ideal " bit boundary from the response of client computer.Known the phase place of client devices response, main frame just can determine the reverse data from client computer is sampled than safety time.The round trip delay measurements is to first position started with respect to the reverse data grouping field of client computer indication reverse data.

Schematic diagram in Figure 52 B has provided an embodiment of advanced reverse data sampling.The desirable reverse data signal that will have zero round trip delay in figure is shown as the dotted line waveform.3.5 and the actual round trip between 4 MDDI Stb cycles postpones to be sighted the delay difference between solid line waveform and ideal waveform.This is identical with the delay with round trip delay measurements grouping mea-sure, is the measurement round trip length of delay that equals 7 forward link bit times.In the present embodiment, reverse data bits is that 2 MDDI_Stb pulses are long, and 4 forward link bit times, be equivalent to equal 2 reverse rate divisor.For the sampling of advanced reverse data, use the reverse rate divisor 2 of preliminary election and calculate it unlike other places, be very easily.This looks like the selection of the best basically for advanced reverse data sampling, because use above-mentioned traditional measurement can determine at an easy rate desirable sampled point.

The ideal point of reverse data can be calculated in the following way at an easy rate: divided by each, oppositely forward link clock number or each round trip of reverse of position postpone to take the forward direction link clock as mould in the cue that total round trip is postponed.Then, deduct 1 or 2, obtain the point of safes away from data transaction.In this example, 7 mod 4=3, so, 3-1=2 or 3-2=1.Safe sampled point is 1 or 2 forward link bit times, from " ideal " bit boundary edge of zero round trip delay.This sampled point illustrated is at 2 forward link bit times that start from the ideal bit border, as shown in a series of vertical arrows of this sequential chart bottom.The first sampled point is that the first ideal bit border of measuring after round trip postpones adds the side-play amount that safety is sampled.In this example, the round trip delay measurements is 7, so, next ideal bit border is in the 8th bit time, then add 1 or 2 for safe sampled point, so first should be after the reverse data grouping field starts 9 or 10 forward link bit times be sampled.

XI. turn to and guard time

In the reverse link encapsulating packets, turn to 1 field that host driver forbidding and client drive are enabled if having time to carry out simultaneously.Guard time 1 field in round trip delay measurements grouping make main frame and client's function overlapping, so client drive can be enabled before host interface driver forbidding.2 fields that turn in the reverse link encapsulating packets make the data in last field can send fully from client computer before host driver is enabled.Guard time 2 fields provide a time value or cycle, so that client computer and host driver can drive at the logical zero level simultaneously.Guard time 1 and guard time 2 fields are filled with presetting length or the preselected length value that can not regulate usually.According to the interface hardware used, can the use experience data obtain these values and regulate them in some cases in order to improve operation.

Turn to 1

Have several factors to contribute to determine turning to 1 length, these factors is the maximum forbidding time of MDDI_Data driver in forward link data rate, main frame and the enabling time of client drive (usually identical with the main frame forbidding time).It is 24t that selection turns to the length of 1 field _bIT.(Table X I) turns to the length of the forward link byte number of 1 field to determine by the interface type factor (InterfaceTypeFactor), and calculates in order to lower relation:

${\mathrm{<figure-callout\; id="1"\; label="Length\; TurnAround"\; filenames="H05815700720061120E000091.png,H05815700720061120E000101.png"\; state="\{\{state\}\}">Length</figure-callout>}}_{\mathrm{TurnAround}}=\frac{24}{8\mathrm{bits}/\mathrm{byte}}\&CenterDot;\mathrm{In}{\mathrm{terfaceTypeFactor}}_{\mathrm{FWD}}=3\&CenterDot;{\mathrm{InterfaceTypeFactor}}_{\mathrm{FWD}}$

Wherein the interface type factor is 1 for Class1, for type 2, is 2, for type 3, is 4, for type 4, is 8.

Turn to 2

The factor of determining the time span be generally used for turning to 2 is that the round trip of communication link postpones, the maximum forbidding time of MDDI_Data driver and the enabling time (being designated as identical with the client drive forbidding time) of host driver in client computer.Maximum host driver enabling time and the client drive forbidding time in provide.The measurement unit that round trip postpones is t _bIT.Minimum length with the forward link byte number appointment that turns to 2 fields is calculated according to following relation:

${\mathrm{<figure-callout\; id="2"\; label="Length\; TurnAround"\; filenames="H05815700720061120E000101.png,H05815700720061120E000341.png"\; state="\{\{state\}\}">Length</figure-callout>}}_{\mathrm{TurnAround}}\&GreaterEqual;\mathrm{RoundUpToNextInteger}(\frac{\mathrm{RoundTripDelay}+24}{8\mathrm{bits}/\mathrm{byte}}\&CenterDot;\mathrm{InterfaceType}{\mathrm{Factor}}_{\mathrm{FWD}})$

For example, round trip postpone be type 3 forward links of 10 forward link clocks usually use magnitude following turn to 2 delays:

${\mathrm{<figure-callout\; id="2"\; label="Length\; TurnAround"\; filenames="H05815700720061120E000101.png,H05815700720061120E000341.png"\; state="\{\{state\}\}">Length</figure-callout>}}_{\mathrm{TurnAround}}\&GreaterEqual;\mathrm{RoundUpToNextInteger}(\frac{11+24}{8}\&CenterDot;4)=18\mathrm{bytes}$

XII. optional reverse link sequential

Can realize high data transfer rate interface although use above-mentioned sequential and boundary belt (guard band); but the present inventor has had been found that a kind of technology, by changing reverse sequential, find that (reverse timing discovery) provides the reverse position that is shorter than round trip cycle long.

As mentioned above, the previous mode of reverse link sequential is so configured, that is, the last position of the guard time 1 divided into groups from reverse sequential starts the number in counting clock cycle, until at the rising edge of IO clock, first is sampled.Here it is carries out clock signal regularly for the input and output of giving the MDD interface.So the calculating of reverse rate divisor is provided by following equation:

$\mathrm{reverse}\_\mathrm{rate}\_\mathrm{div}\mathrm{isor}=\mathrm{RoundUpToNextInteger}\left(\frac{\mathrm{round}\_\mathrm{trip}\_\mathrm{delay}+1}{2}\right)$

Do like this bit width that equals the round trip delay is provided, can access thus reverse link very reliably.Yet, illustrated that reverse link can move quickly, or, with higher data transfer rate operation, this is that the inventor wishes to utilize.The new technology of the present invention allows to utilize the additional capabilities of interface to reach more speed.

This is by allowing main frame be counted the clock cycle number, until complete sampling to one 1, realize, but, during reverse sequential grouping, main frame is all sampled to data wire on rising edge and trailing edge.Do like this and allow oppositely position the most useful interior even optimum sampling point of Selection of chiller, in order to guarantee that institute's rheme is stable.That is to say, find that the most useful or best rising edge is sampled to the data in the reverse encapsulation grouping of reverse traffic.Optimum sampling point depend on the reverse link divisor and be rising edge or trailing edge detect first 1.New timing method allows main frame only to find the first edge of the 0xFF0xFF 0x00 pattern sent by client computer in the reverse link sequential, in order to determine the where sampling in the reverse encapsulation grouping.

How the reverse position that explanation arrives in Figure 64 and this will find the example of various reverse rate divisors, and start from the last position of guard time 1 the clock cycle number occurred.In Figure 64, can find out, if first along appearing between rising and falling edges (being labeled as rise/fall), the optimum sampling point that is 1 for the reverse rate divisor so, this optimum sampling point is the clock cycle edge that is labeled as ' b ', because it is the unique rising edge occurred in reverse bit period.The situation that is 2 for the reverse rate divisor, due to the cycle along ' c ' than edge, ' b ' more approaching position, so optimum sampling point may be still clock cycle forward position ' b '.The situation that is 4 for the reverse rate divisor, optimum sampling point may be that the clock cycle is along ' d ', because it approaches the rear edge of reverse that its value may be stable more.

Get back to Figure 64, yet, if first along appearing between decline and rising edge (being labeled as decline/rising), the optimum sampling point that is 1 for the reverse rate divisor so is that the sampled point clock cycle is along ' a ', because this is the unique rising edge occurred in the reverse bit time cycle.The situation that is 2 for the reverse rate divisor, optimum sampling point is along ' b ', and the situation that is 4 for the reverse rate divisor, optimum sampling point is along ' c '.

Can find out, because optimum sampling point should be the rising edge at close middle part, so, along with the reverse rate divisor is increasing, optimum sampling point becomes and is more convenient for determining or selecting.

The climb data of the sequential grouping that main frame uses this technology to find to observe on data wire along before the number on rising clock edge.Therefore, based on described edge appear between rising and falling edges or decline and rising edge between, and what the reverse rate divisor is, has how many additional clock cycle will add counter to, just can make decision, so that the sampling of reasonably guaranteeing institute's rheme is all the time as far as possible near middle part.

Once main frame has been selected or the number of definite clock cycle, it just can utilize client computer to carry out " investigation (explore) " various reverse rate divisors, in order to determine whether particular inverse speed divisor can be used.Described main frame (and client computer) can start with divisor 1, and verification is from the CRC of the reverse state grouping of client computer reception, in order to determine whether this reverse rate can correctly transmit data.If CRC is destroyed, so likely there is sample error, main frame can increase the reverse rate divisor, and attempts again the solicited status grouping.If the grouping of request is destroyed for the second time, can again increases divisor so, and again be asked.If this grouping is correctly decoded, this reverse rate divisor can be for the reverse packet in all future so.

This method is effectively and is useful, because should not change since initial round trip sequential estimation starts reverse sequential.If forward link is stable, even there is so the reverse link fault, client computer also should continue the forward link packet is decoded.Certainly, it is desirable not guaranteeing reverse link due to this method, so the responsibility that the reverse link divisor of described link is still main frame is set.In addition, described divisor will depend primarily on for generating the clock quality of IO clock.If this clock has very large amount of jitter, exist so the possibility of sampling error larger.This error probability increases along with the increase of the clock cycle amount in the round trip delay.

This implementation appears to be best suited for the reverse data of Class1, but may go wrong to the reverse data of type 4 concerning type 2, this is because departing between data wire may be excessive, to such an extent as to can't move described link to be best suited for the only right speed of data.Yet, even adopt type 2 to type 4 to be operated, perhaps described data rate does not need to be reduced to previous method.If repeat the method in order to select desirable or optimal clock sampling location on each data wire, so this method also may play best effect.If for each data concerning, they are in the identical sampling time, so this method can work on.If they are in the different sampling periods, can use so two different modes.The first is to select sampling location needed or that more optimize for each data point, even also different for this sampling location for each data.So described main frame can reconstruct data flow after sample in all position to from described data pair set: type 2 is two, type 3 is four and type 4 is eight.For main frame, another option is to increase the reverse rate divisor, thereby makes the data bit that each data is right can be at identical clock along sampling.

XIII. link delay and the effect that departs from

On forward link MDDI_Data to and MDDI_Stb between delay depart from can the possible maximum data rate of restriction, postpone runout compensation unless adopted.Produce delay variance that sequential departs from and result from controller logic, line driver and receiver and cable and the connector of following general introduction.

A. by the link Time-Series analysis (MDDI Class1) of bias limitations

1. the delay of Class1 link and depart from example

Illustrated in Figure 57 and be similar to shown in Figure 41, for supporting the exemplary interface circuit of Class1 interface link.In Figure 57, be a plurality of processing of the forward link of MDDI Class1 or each example values or representative value that shows propagation delay and depart from of interface level.Departing from the delay between MDDI_Stb and MDDI_Data0 causes duty ratio (duty-cycle) distortion of output clock.The data of the D input of receiver trigger (RXFF) level of use trigger 5728,5732 change a little after the clock edge, thereby these data can be sampled reliably.Described two cascade delay line 5732a and the 5732b of illustrating, it utilizes this sequential relationship of generation to solve two different problems.In actual implementation, they can be merged into to single delay element.

Figure 58 shows data, Stb and the clock recovery sequential on the Class1 link for carry out the exemplary signal processing via described interface.

Usually significantly total delay departs from and occurs or from the summation as departed from subordinate: the reflector trigger (TXFF) with trigger 5704,5706; Transmitter driver (TXDRVR) with driver 5708,5710; Cable (CABLE) 5702; Receiver line receiver unit (RXRCVR) and receiver xor logic (RXXOR) with receiver 5722,5724.Delay 15732a should mate or surpass the delay of the XOR gate 5736 of RXXOR level, by following relation, can determine this delay:

t _{PD-min(Delay1)}≥t _PD-max(XOR)

The D input of receiver trigger 5728,5732 preferably meets this requirement, so that can not change before its clock input.If the retention time of RXFF is zero, this is effective so.

Postpone the purpose of 2 (Delay2) or the retention time that function is to compensate according to following relation the RXFF trigger:

t _{PD-min(Delay2)}＝t _H(RXFF)

In many systems, this value will be zero, because the retention time is zero, in this case, postponing 2 maximum delay is also zero certainly.

The worst case departed from receiver XOR level is data-late/gating-do sth. in advance this situation, wherein postpones 1 in maximum, and arrives as early as possible according to following relation from the clock output of XOR gate:

t _{SKEW-max(RXXOR)}＝t _{PD-max(Delay1)}-t _PD-min(XOR)

In this case, data can change between two bit period n and n+1, and a very approaching position n+1 of the change moment is squeezed into the moment of receiver trigger according to clock.

The maximum data rate of MDDI Class1 link (minimum bit cycle) is that the maximum deviation run into by All Drives, cable and receiver in the MDDI link adds the function that is set to the summary data in the RXFF level.In link until the total delay of RXRCVR level output depart from and can be expressed as:

t _{SKEW-max(LINK)}＝t _{SKEW-max(TXFF)}+t _{SKEW-max(TXDRVR)}+t _{SKEW-max(CABLE)}+

t _{SKEW-max(RXRCVR)}

Wherein " cable (CABLE) " represents multiple conductor or interconnected or line and corresponding the delay, and the minimum bit cycle is provided by following formula:

t _BIT-min＝t _{SKEW-max(LINK)}+2·t _B-TP4+t _Asymmetry+t _{SKEW-max(RXXOR)}+t _jitter-host+

t _{PD-max(Delay2)}+t _SU(RXFF)

In the example shown in Figure 57, for external schema, t _{sKEW-max (LINK)}=1000psec, and the minimum bit cycle can be expressed as:

T _bIT-min=1000+2125+625+125+200+0+100=2300psec or approximate representation are 434Mbps.In the example shown in Figure 57, for internal schema, t _{sKEW-max (LINK)}=500psec, and the minimum bit cycle can be expressed as:

T _bITmin=500+2125+625+125+200+0+100=1800psec or approximate representation are 555Mbps.

The link Time-Series analysis of B.MDDI type 2, type 3 and type 4

Shown in Figure 59 be similar to the exemplary interface circuit shown in Figure 41 and 57, for supporting the interface link of type 2,3 and 4.Use add ons in TXFF (5904), TXDRVR (5908), RXRCVCR (5922) and RXFF (5932,5928,5930) level, in order to support additional signal to process.In Figure 59, be a plurality of processing of MDDI type 2 forward links or each example values or representative value that shows propagation delay and depart from of interface level.Departing from the MDDI_Stb that affects output clock duty ratio (duty-cycle) and the delay between MDDI_Data0, between these two signals and other MDDI data-signal, also exist and depart from.The data of the D input of receiver trigger B (RXFFB) level be comprised of trigger 5928 and 5930 change a little, thereby can be sampled to these data reliably after the clock edge.If MDDI_Data1 arrives ahead of time than MDDI_Stb or MDDI_Data0, MDDI_Data1 should be delayed so, in order at least to postpone bias, MDDI_Data1 is sampled.In order to realize these, use delay 3 (Delay3) delay line to carry out delayed data.If MDDI_Data1 is than MDDI_Stb and MDDI_Data0 is late arrives, and it also postpones by postponing 3, and the point of MDDI_Data1 change place is moved into and more approaches next clock edge so.This process has determined the upper limit of the data rate of MDDI type 2, type 3 or type 4 links.Two data-signals and MDDI_Stb sequential relative to each other or some exemplary different possibility of offset relation have been shown in Figure 60 A, 60B and 60C.

When MDDI DataX arrives as early as possible, in order reliably data to be sampled, according to following relation, delay is set in RXFFB:

t _{PD-min(Delay3)}≥t _{SKEW-max(LINK)}+t _H(RXFFB)+t _PD-max(XOR)

Maximum link speed was determined by the minimum bit cycle allowed.As MDDI_DataX, when arrive in evening as far as possible, this speed is the most influenced.In this case, time minimum period of permission provides by following equation:

t _BIT-min＝t _{SKEW-max(LINK)}+t _{PD-max(Delay3)}+t _SU(RXFFB)-t _PD-min(XOR)

So, on link-speeds, be limited to:

t _{PD-max(Delay3)}＝t _{PD-min(Delay3)}

And under this supposition:

t _{BIT-min(lower-bound)}＝2·t _{SKEW-max(LINK)}+t _PD-max(XOR)+t _SU(RXFFB)+t _H(RXFFB)

In example given above, the lower limit in minimum bit cycle provides by following relation:

T _{bIT-min (lower-bound)}=2 (1000+2125+625+200)+1500+100+0=5750psec, this is approximately 174Mbps.

This than can for the maximum data rate of Class1 link slowly many.The automatically delaying runout compensation ability of MDDI has obviously reduced delay and has departed from the impact on the maximum link rate factor, is only the edge that valid data are set up.Calibration between MDDI_Data0 and MDDI_Stb departs from:

t _{SKEW-max(calibrated)}＝2·t _{TAP-SPACING-max}

And the minimum bit cycle is:

t _{BIT-min-calibrated}＝t _{SKEW-max(calibrated)}+2·t _B-TP4+t _Asymmetry+t _jitter-host+

t _{SKEW-max(RXAND+RXXOR)}+t _SU(RXFF)

Wherein, " TB " or t _bthe signal jitter of representative from a bit boundary to minimum output level.The asymmetric asymmetric property that only means the differential receiver internal latency." TP4 " is associated with or effectively defines for electrical characterization and test purpose, as connection or the interface (pin of MDDI controller equiment in client computer) of client computer differential line driver and receiver.For the link of system spare part, it represents one easily or predetermined point, measures accordingly and the characterization signal delay.In one embodiment, for internal schema, at the parameter T of TP4 place _bmaximum by concerning t _{differential-Skew-TP4-DRVR-EXT}=0.3t _bITdefining, for the internal schema of client computer transmitter, is t _{differential-Skew-TP4-DRVR-INT}=0.6t _bIT; For the external schema of client computer receiver, be t _{b-TP4-RCVR-EXT}=0.051t _bIT+ 175ps.

Only for docking port, the test point (TP) different with link is numbered mark TP4.In one embodiment, for internal schema and this test point of external schema, be defined as identical.Have corresponding " TP0 " test point, for or be associated with connection or the interface pin of a main frame MDDI controller equiment, this main frame comprises differential line driver and receiver.In the present embodiment, for the main frame receiver, for internal schema, the parameter T at TP0 place _bmaximum by concerning t _{b-TP0-RCVR-INT}=0.051t _bIT+ 50ps defines, and for external schema, pass is t _{b-TP0-RCVR-EXT}=0.051t _bIT+ 175ps; For host transmitter, pass is t _b-TP0=0.102t _bIT.

In the example provided at Figure 59, t _{sKEW-max (Data0-Stb-Caliberated)}=300psec, and the minimum bit cycle is:

T _{bIT-min-calibrated}=300+2125+625+200+175+100=1650psec, this is approximately 606Mbps.

When MDDI_Data1 arrives as early as possible, in order reliably data to be sampled, associated programmable delay is adjusted to best the setting in RXFFB, precision is a tap, for safety, increases additional tapped delay.Maximum link-speeds depends on the minimum permission position period.When MDDI_Data1 arrival in most evening, have the greatest impact.In this case, minimum permission is circulation timei:

t _{BIT-min-Data1-calibrated}＝2·t _{TAP-Spacing-max}+2·t _TA-TP4

Wherein, " TA " or t _athe signal jitter of expression from the bit boundary to the intermediate interdigitated.

In the example provided at Figure 59, the lower limit of the minimum bit period of sample-based MDDI_Data1 is:

t _{BIT-min-Data1-calibrated}＝2·150+2·125＝550psec

In one embodiment, for internal schema, the typical total delay time that the delay in main frame departs from, postpones asymmetry and clock jitter is defined as:

t _{Asymmerty-TXFF}+t _{Asymmetry-TXDVR}+t _Skew-TXFF+t _Skew-TXDRVR+t _jitter-host＝0.467·(t _BIT-150ps)

For external schema, be:

t _{Asymmerty-TXFF}+t _{Asymmetry-TXDVR}+t _Skew-TXFF+t _Skew-TXDRVR+t _jitter-host＝0.TBD·(t _BIT-150TBDps)

For internal schema, the typical total delay time (t that the delay in client computer departs from, postpones asymmetry and settling time _b-TP4) be defined as:

t _{Asymmerty-RXRCVR}+t _{Asymmetry-RXXOR}+t _Skew-RXRCVR+t _Skew-RXXOR+t _setup-RXFF＝0.307·(t _BIT-150ps)

For external schema, for:

t _{Asymmerty-RXRCVR}+t _{Asymmetry-RXXOR}+t _Skew-RXRCVR+t _Skew-RXXOR+t _setup-RXFF＝0.TBD·(t _BIT-TBDps)

Wherein, a TBD is the flexible positions maintenance mark for following required value, and it depends on multiple known characteristics and operation requirements that external schema connects.

XIV. physical layer interconnection is described

The physical connection of the interface can be used in the present invention can realize with the part that can buy, such as at host computer side, it can be the part that the Part No. manufactured by Hirose Electric Company Ltd. is 3260-8S2 (01), and, in the client devices side, can be the part that the Part No. manufactured by Hirose Electric Company Ltd. is 3240-8P-C.Listed example interface pin assignment or " pin lead-out wire " for this connector of Class1/type 2 interfaces in Table X V, and in Figure 61 illustrated.

Table X V

Signal name	Pin number	Signal name	Pin number
				MDDI_Pwr
	1	MDDI_Gnd	11
				MDDI_Stb+	2	MDDI_Stb-	12
MDDI_Data0+	4	MDDI_Data0-	14
				MDDI_Data1+	6	MDDI_Data1-	16
MDDI_Data2+	8	MDDI_Data2-	18
				MDDI_Data3+	10	MDDI_Data3-	20
MDDI_Data4+	9	MDDI_Data4-	19
				MDDI_Data5+	7	MDDI_Data5-	17
MDDI_Data6+	5	MDDI_Data6-	15
				MDDI_Data7+	3	MDDI_Data7-	13
						Shielding

Described shielding is connected with the HOST_Gnd in host interface, and the shielding earth in cable is connected with the shielding of client computer connector.Yet this shielding is not connected with the circuit ground of client computer inside with ground wire.

Select or design interconnection element or equipment, in order to make it enough little of for mobile communication and computing equipment, as PDA and radio telephone, or portable game device, and with the relevant device size relatively in can not exceed or seem not attractive in appearance.Any connector and cable all should be enough durable under typical power consumption equipment environment, and size is little, all the more so for cable, and cost is relatively low.Conveying element should be supported data and the gating signal as difference NRZ data, for Class1 and type 2, this difference NRZ data have the transfer rate up to the 450Mbps left and right, and, for the version of 8 parallel-by-bit types 4, have the transfer rate up to 3.6Gbps.

For the internal schema application, for used wire there is no connector equally, or this Connection Element tends to miniaturization.An example is zero insertion force " socket ", for accepting to insert integrated circuit or the element of main frame or client devices.Another example is that main frame and client computer reside in the situation on the printed circuit board (PCB) with various interconnected wires, and has " pin " or the contact of stretching out from shell, and these pins or contact are soldered to the wire interconnected for integrated circuit.

XV. operation

During the interface operation that uses the embodiment of the present invention has been shown in Figure 54 A and 54B, the overview of the general step of carrying out in deal with data and grouping, and the overview of the interface arrangement of processing described grouping has been shown in Figure 55.In these figure, described process starts in step 5402, determines whether client computer and main frame use communication path (being cable) to be connected here.This can come periodic polls to carry out with software or hardware by main frame, whether described software or hardware exist connector, cable or signal (for example USB interface) for detection of the input at main frame, or this also by other known technology carry out.If do not have client computer to be connected to main frame, so according to application, it to enter the wait state of certain predetermined length, enters park mode only, or in unactivated state in order to wait in the future and using, this can require the user to take action to reactivate main frame.For example, in the time of on the equipment of Host-resident at computer type, the user may click screen-icon or requestor, thereby active host processes to find client computer.In addition, only insert the USB type and just connect and can process by active host, this depends on ability and the configuration of main frame or resident host software.

Once client computer is connected with main frame, or conversely, or client computer is detected as existence, and so in step 5404 and 5406, client computer or main frame send suitable request service grouping.In step 5404, client computer can send client service request or status packet.It should be noted, as mentioned above, described link before may have been closed or in park mode, therefore subsequently may not be the complete initialization of communication link.Once communication link is synchronous, and main frame is attempted and client communication, and client computer just also provides the client capabilities grouping to main frame, as step 5408.Main frame can start the support type of determining that client computer can be supported now, comprises transfer rate.

Usually, in step 5410, main frame and client computer are are also discussed and decided the type (speed/speed) of service mode to be used, for example Class1, type 2 etc.Once COS is established, main frame just can start transmission information.In addition, main frame can be processed and divide into groups to come concurrently the sequential of optimize communicate link with the round trip delay measurements with other signal, as shown in step 5411.

As previously mentioned, all transmission are from the subframe header packet transmitted shown in step 5412, and then, for dividing into groups in the data type transmitted shown in step 5414 and filler, here data type is Audio and Video flow point group.Described Voice & Video data are got ready in advance in advance or are mapped in grouping, and as required or expectation insert the filler grouping so that the needed figure place of filled media frame.Main frame can send the grouping of as the forward voice-grade channel, enabling grouping and activate stereo set.In addition, in step 5416, main frame can transmit order and information with above-mentioned other packet type, is shown as the transmission of color map, blit or other grouping here.In addition, described main frame and client's function are used suitable packet switching to relate to the data of keyboard or indicating equipment.

During operation, one of a plurality of different event there will be, and this will cause main frame or the different data rate of client computer needs or different interface modes types.For example, for computer or the miscellaneous equipment that transmits data, may run in the process of deal with data loading conditions (loading conditions), described condition causes preparation or the presentation speed of grouping to slow down.The client computer that receives data likely changes more limited battery supply into from the Special alternating-current power supply, and, under limited power setting, may not promptly transmit data, and easily processing command, also can't be used same resolution or color density.Perhaps, restrictive condition also may reduce or disappear, thereby permission equipment is with higher rate transmissioning data.This needs to make request more to change into higher transfer rate pattern.

If the known conditions of these or other type occurs or change, main frame or client computer can detect them and attempt again to consult agreed interface modes.This point is shown in step 5420, wherein said main frame divides into groups to ask to be switched to another pattern to client computer transmission interface type handover request, described client computer transmission interface type is confirmed grouping, for confirmation seeking changes, and described main frame sends execution type switching grouping in order to change into the pattern of appointment.

Although do not required specific processing sequence, but described client computer and main frame can also exchange the grouping that relates to some data, these data are to send to main indicating equipment, keyboard or other user type input equipment be connected with client computer, or the data of receiving from these equipment, these elements can also be present in main frame one side certainly.Usually with the element of general processor type, stateless mechanism is processed (5502) in these groupings.In addition, above-mentioned some order is also processed by general processor (5504,5508).

Exchanged data and order between main frame and client computer after, at certain a bit, with regard to whether transmitting additional data or main frame or client computer, whether to stop making decision for the service that described transmission provides.This is shown in step 5422.If described link will enter resting state or close fully, main frame sends the link-down grouping to client computer so, and both sides stop transmitting data.

Be transmitted in the previous driver with respect to main frame and the discussion of client computer controller and receiver the grouping transmitted in the aforesaid operations processing.These line drivers and other logic element are connected with general processor with above-mentioned state machine, as shown in the general introduction of Figure 55.In Figure 55, state machine 5502 can further be connected with unshowned other element with 5508 with general processor 5504, as USB Interface Special, memory component or reside in other parts with they interactional link controller outsides, include but not limited to data source and for watching the video control chip of display apparatus.

Processor and state machine provide to driver enable and forbid control, as above discussing with regard to guard time etc., in order to guarantee effectively to set up or stop communication link, and transmit grouping.

The XVI display frame buffer

With computer graphical, compare, it is different for motion video image that the buffer memory of video data requires.Pixel data often is stored in the local frame buffer device of client computer, so the image energy this locality on client computer is refreshed.

When showing full-motion video (in each dielectric frame in display almost each pixel all will change), usually preferably in a frame buffer, store the pixel data of inputting, and from the second frame buffer the image on refresh display.Can eliminate visual illusion (visible artifact) with plural display buffer, as described below.When in a frame buffer, having received whole image, role that just can exchange buffering, for refreshing described display, and fill the image of up-to-date reception with another buffer by the next frame of image.This concept has been shown in Figure 88 A, wherein by the display updated space, has been set to " 01 " pixel data is write to the offline image buffer.

In other application, described main frame only need to upgrade the fraction image, and needn't repaint whole image.In this case, need to write direct new pixel for the buffer of refresh display, as shown in Figure 88 B.

In having than the application of the still image of small video window, it is the easiest that still image is write to two buffers (the display updated space equals " 11 "), as shown in Figure 88 C, and be set to " 01 " by the display updated space subsequently the moving image pixel is write to the off-line buffer.

Following rule description the useful manipulation of buffer pointer, new information is write to client computer and refresh display simultaneously.Exist three buffer pointer: current_fill (current filling) to point to current by the buffer of the data stuffing on the MDDI link; Just_filled (just filling) points to the buffer be filled recently; Being_displayed (showing) points to the buffer that is used at present refresh display.All three buffer pointers can comprise from 0 to N-1 value, and wherein N is the number of display buffer, and N >=2.Computing to buffer pointer is to N delivery (mod N), for example, when N=3 and current_fill=2, increases current_fill and allows current_fill be set to 0.Under the simple scenario of N=2, just_filled is the complement code of current_fill all the time.On each MDDI dielectric frame border, (the subframe header packet of sub-frame count field equals zero) carried out following operation: just_filled according to the order of appointment and is set to equal current_fill, and current_fill is set equals current_fill+1.

The MDDI stream of video packets is upgraded buffer according to following structure or method: when the display updated space equals ' 01 ', pixel data is write to the buffer by the current_fill appointment; When the display updated space equals ' 00 ', pixel data is write to the buffer by the just_filled appointment; When the display updated space equals " 11 ", pixel data is write to all buffers.Buffer by the appointment of being_displayed pointer carrys out refresh display.Before interim the first pixel, display upgrades processing execution and being_refreshed (refreshing) is set to equal the operation of just_filled after last pixel when frame of display refreshing refreshes in unit (epoch) and when it starts to refresh next frame and refreshes.

Grouping with pixel data attribute field comprises a pair of display updated space, illustrates the frame buffer of writing pixel data.The grouping of described client capabilities has three extra orders, and it shows the combination of the display updated space supported in client computer.In many cases, the image that computer generates need to incrementally refresh based on user's input, or derives according to the information received from computer network.Display updated space combination " 00 " and " 11 " is by the frame buffer that allows pixel data write to show or write two frame buffers and support this operator scheme.

When supporting video image, Figure 89 explanation equals " 01 " when the display updated space, and during via MDDI link transmission video data, how with a pair of frame buffer, to carry out display video image.The dielectric frame border detected on the MDDI link after, when the refresh process of the current frame just refreshed completes, display refreshing is processed and will be started to refresh from the next frame buffer.

An important hypothesis that relates to Figure 89 is: image is to receive from main frame as the Continuous Flow of pixel, the Continuous Flow of described pixel be according to client computer from the frame buffer read pixel in case the order of refresh display transmit (usually from upper left, read line by line, until the lower right corner of screen).In the situation that display refreshing and image transfer operation relate to identical frame buffer, this is important details.

The display refreshing frame rate need to be greater than image and transmit frame rate, in order to avoid demonstrate parts of images.Figure 90 shows in the slower situation of display refresh rate, that is to say, display refreshing transmits in slow situation than image, and how images fragment occurs.

In the image of the combination that comprises computer graphic image and motion video image, video pixel data may occupy the fraction dielectric frame.Relate to identical frame buffer in the situation that display refreshing operation and image transmit, this is very important.These situations illustrate by the cross-hatched shade in Figure 91, wherein from buffer, read so that the pixel of refresh display may be the pixel that two frames write buffer in the past, or they can be corresponding to the frames that to be ready being written into same one frame buffer.

In client computer, three frame buffers of use solve the wicket race problem of access frame buffer, as shown in Figure 92.

Yet, if display refresh rate is less than the dielectric frame speed on the MDDI link, so still have problems, as shown in Figure 93.

Motion video image is used single buffer how much to have problems, as shown in Figure 94.When display refreshing is sent in buffer faster than image, the image just refreshed will show the top of the frame just write sometimes, image than lower part, be the previous frame transmitted.When display refreshing transmits (preferred operation mode) faster than image, the situation that the frame of similar split image is shown will occur more continually.

The XVII multi-client is supported

Current protocol version seems directly to support a plurality of client devices.Yet, the client computer id field that most of grouping comprises reservation, the particular client device that this client computer ID can be used in the system to having a plurality of client computer is carried out addressing.At present, for many application, this client computer ID or these client computer ID are set to zero.Described subframe header packet also comprises for showing whether main frame supports the field of a plurality of client machine systems.Therefore, there is a kind of like this mode, wherein in future of MDD interface or agreement, in application, likely a plurality of client devices coupled together and carry out addressing, so that the help system designer plans in the future the compatibility with a plurality of Client Hosts and client computer.

In thering is the system of a plurality of client computer, client computer is connected to main frame via the daisy chain (Daisy-chained) of client computer or use hub, as shown in Figure 95, or to use the combination of these technology as shown in Figure 96 that client computer is connected to main frame be all very useful.Show that for main frame the client computer that some error message connects with management is also useful, show error message while connecting as the one or more client machine systems when requiring address 0, for multi-client system, should not be this situation, the display expectation will or be set to as single client actions like this.

XIII. appendix

Except form, structure and the content for the architecture that realizes the embodiment of the present invention and agreement discussed above, more detailed field contents or operation are provided to some packet type here.Providing these contents here is in order further to illustrate their purposes or operations separately, so as to make those skilled in the art more easy to understand and by the present invention for various application.A few field of not discussing here only is discussed.In addition, these fields are to provide with exemplary definition and value with respect to embodiment given above.Yet, should not regard these values as limitation of the present invention, but their representatives realize these interfaces and the useful one or more embodiment of agreement, and without implementing together or simultaneously all embodiment.Other embodiment also can adopt other value in order to realize needed data or data rate transmits presenting of result, such as the skilled person will appreciate.

A. about stream of video packets

In one embodiment, pixel data attribute field (2 byte) has a series of place values of description below.These display picture element data of route are selected in position 1 and 0 how.For place value ' 11 ', to or be that two eyes show data, for place value ' 10 ', only data are routed to left eye, and, for place value ' 01 ', only data are routed to right eye, and for place value ' 00 ', data are routed to selectable display, as discussed below specified by position 8 to 11.

Whether position 2 shows to provide pixel data with the form of interlacing, and value ' 0 ' means the progressive format of pixel data in standard, and while from a line, advancing to next line, line number (pixel Y coordinate) adds 1.When this position has value ' 1 ', the form of pixel data in interlacing, and while from a line, advancing to next line, line number adds 2.Position 3 shows that pixel data is in the alternate picture dot form.This is similar to the position 2 standard interlaced mode of enabling, but the interlacing here is vertical rather than level.When position 3 is ' 0 ', the individual element form of pixel data in standard, when receiving each contiguous pixels, row number (pixel X coordinate) add 1.When position 3 is ' 1 ', pixel data is in the alternate picture dot form, and while receiving each pixel, row number add 2.

Position 4 shows that pixel data relates to display or camera,, wherein data are transferred into the even internal display of portable computer or miscellaneous equipment as above of radio telephone or similar devices, perhaps from these equipment, send out, or data are sent to embedding or are directly coupled to the camera of described equipment or send out from this camera.When position 4 is ' 0 ', pixel data just is being sent to display frame buffer or is therefrom sending out.When position 4 is ' 1 ', pixel data is sent to camera or the video equipment of some type or therefrom sends out, and this equipment is that affiliated field is well-known.

Position 5 is used for showing when group pixels is containing next pixel of going continuously in display.When position 5 is set to equal ' 1 ', be considered to such situation.When position 5 is set to ' 1 ', at the bottom of the left edge of X, edge, Y top, the right edge of X, Y, edge, X initial sum Y initial parameters are not defined and are ignored by client computer so.When position 15 is set to the logical one level, it shows that the pixel data in this grouping is the pixel data of last column pixel in described image.The position 8 of the client computer feature capabilities identifier field of client capabilities grouping shows to support this feature.

Position 7 and 6 is display updated spaces, for illustrating the frame buffer of writing pixel data.More concrete effect has been discussed in other place.For place value ' 01 ', pixel data is written in the offline image buffer.For place value ' 00 ', pixel data is written into the frame buffer for refresh display.For place value ' 11 ', pixel data is written in all frame buffers.Described place value or combination ' 10 ' be by as invalid value or appointment, and pixel data is left in the basket, and be not written into any frame buffer.This value may have purposes for the application in future of described interface.

4 signless integers of position 8 to 11 formation, want selectable display or the location of displays that will be routed to pixel data for explanation.Position 0 and 1 is set to equal 00, in order to make the display client computer be interpreted as selectable display number to position 8 to 11.If position 0 and 1 is not equal to 00, position 8 to 11 is set to zero so.

Position 12 to 14 is retained for using in the future and usually should being set as logical zero.The position 15 of discussing is combined with 5, and position 15 is arranged to a logical one shows that in pixel data segment, the row of pixel is last column pixel in Frame.Position 5 is set to the first row pixel of the next stream of video packets of logical one corresponding to next frame of video.

The absolute X and Y coordinates of the point (X is initial, and Y is initial) of the first pixel in the X initial sum Y start field specified pixel data field of 2 bytes.The X coordinate on left edge of the screen window of being filled by the pixel data field and the Y coordinate on edge, top are specified in the left edge of the X of 2 bytes and Y top along field, at the bottom of the right edge of X and Y, along field, specify the X coordinate on right edge of the window upgraded and the Y coordinate on edge, the end.

Pixel counts field (2 byte) is specified the number of pixels in following pixel data field.

The CRC that parameters C RC field (2 byte) comprises all bytes from the block length to the pixel counts.If this CRC fails by verification, just abandon whole grouping.

Described pixel data field comprises shown original video information, and formats according to the mode of video data format descriptor symbol field description.As other local discussion, data are transmitted one " OK " at every turn.When the position 5 of pixel data attribute field, while being set to the logical one level, the pixel data field just comprises one-row pixels, and first pixel of transmitting is corresponding to the most left pixel, and last pixel of transmission is corresponding to the rightest pixel.

Pixel data crc field (2 byte) only comprises 16 CRC of pixel data.If the failure of the CRC check of this value, pixel data still can be used so, but the crc error counting increases.

B. about audio stream, divide into groups

In one embodiment, voice-grade channel id field (1 byte) identifies the special audio passage by 8 signless integer values, and wherein client devices is sent to this passage to voice data.The physics voice-grade channel is designated or be mapped to physical channel according to value 0,1,2,3,4,5,6 or 7 by this field, that these values show respectively is left front, right front, left back, right back, center, the place ahead, super woofer, around a left side and around right passage.Voice-grade channel ID value 254 shows that the single stream of digitized audio samples is sent to left front and right front passage.Do like this communication of having simplified some application, as the application for voice communication by stereophone, the application of the improvements in productivity that PDA is used, or simple user interfaces generates other application of chimes of doom.Id field value in from 8 to 253 and 255 scope is retained at present, so that in the situation that new design needs additional marking to use, as those skilled in the art are foreseeable.

Retain 1 field (1 byte) and usually be retained the use in order to future, and all positions in this field all are set to zero.A function of this field is to allow all follow-up 2 byte field aim at 16 word addresss, allows 4 byte field aim at 32 word addresss.

Audio sample count area (2 byte) is specified the number of this grouping sound intermediate frequency sampling.

Each sampling resolution and packing field comprise 1 byte, for the packing form of voice data is described.In one embodiment, the form usually adopted is to define the figure place of each pcm audio sampling with position 4 to 0.Then, whether 5 explanation described digital audio-frequency data sampling in position is packaged.As mentioned above, Figure 12 illustrates the audio sample of packing and the difference between the byte alignment audio sample.The value ' 0 ' of position 5 shows that in the digital audio-frequency data field, each pcm audio sampling is byte-aligned with the byte boundary of interface, and value ' 1 ' shows that each continuous P CM audio sample is packaged with respect to previous audio sample.Usually only have when the middle value defined in position 4 to 0 (figure place of each pcm audio sampling) is not 8 multiple, this position is only effectively.Position 7 to 6 is retained while for system, needing additional identification uses, and usually is set to null value.

Audio sample rates field (1 byte) is specified audio frequency PCM sampling rate.The form adopted is respectively: being worth 0 o'clock speed is 8,000 sampling per seconds (sps), is worth 1 and shows 16,000sps, value 2 shows 24,000sps, is worth 3 and shows 32,000sps, be worth 4 and show 40,000sps, value 5 shows 48,000sps, is worth 6 and shows 11,025sps, be worth 7 and show 22,050sps and be worth 8 to show 44,100sps, and be worth 9 to 255, be retained for future, so they are set to zero at present.

16 CRC that parameters C RC field (2 byte) comprises all bytes from the block length to the audio sample rates.If this CRC fails suitably, by verification, just to abandon whole grouping.The digital audio-frequency data field comprises original audio sampling to be played, and usually has the form of the linear format of signless integer.Voice data crc field (2 byte) only comprises 16 CRC for voice data.If this CRC fails by verification, so described voice data still can be used, but the crc error counting increases.

C. about user-defined flow point group

In one embodiment, the stream ID field of 2 bytes is used for identifying specific user-defined stream.The content of stream parameter and stream data field is defined by MDDI equipment manufacturers usually.The stream parameters C RC field of 2 bytes comprises from block length and starts to 16 CRC of all bytes of the stream parameter of audio coding byte.If this CRC fails by verification, just abandon whole grouping.If the final application of MDD interface does not need to flow parameter and stream parameters C RC field, they are counted as optionally, flow so parameter and flow parameters C RC field and can be dropped.The flow data crc field of 2 bytes only comprises the CRC for flow data.If this CRC fails suitably by verification, the use of flow data is optional so, and this depends on the requirement of described application.The use of flow data is determined with the formedness of CRC, usually requires Caching streaming data until CRC is confirmed to be is good.If CRC is not by verification, so described crc error counting increases.

D. about color map, divide into groups

The hClient id field of 2 bytes is included as information or the value that client computer ID retains, as previous use.Because this field is retained for future usually, thus current by these positions be set to ' 0 ' its be set to zero.

The color map item count field use value of 2 bytes is specified the sum of 3-byte color map project, these projects are included in the color map data field, or specify the sum of the entry of the color map in the color map data that are present in this grouping.In this embodiment, the byte number in the color map data is 3 times of color map item count.The color map item count is set to equal zero in order to do not send the color map data.If the color map size is zero, the color map deviant still is sent out usually so, but shown device is ignored.Color map offset field (4 byte) specifies in this grouping the color map data apart from the side-play amount of the beginning of the color map in client devices.

The CRC that the parameters C RC field of 2 bytes comprises all bytes from block length to the audio coding byte.If this CRC fails by verification, just abandon whole grouping.

For the color map data field, the width of each color map position is by the appointment of color map item size field, wherein in one embodiment, first specifies blue values, and second portion is specified green numerical value and third part appointment red value.The color map size field is specified the number that is present in 3 byte color map list items in the color map data field.If single color map can't meet (fit into) video data format and color map grouping, can specify whole color map by sending a plurality of groupings so, wherein in each grouping, there is different color mapping (enum) data and color map skew.Blue in each color map data item, green and red figure place should be with the color map RGB width field appointment of display capabilities grouping identical.

The color map data crc field of 2 bytes only comprises the CRC of color map data.If this CRC fails by verification, so described color map data still can be used, but the crc error counting increases.

Each color map data item will be according to following sequential delivery: blue, green, red, at first the least significant bit of each component transmits.By the single redness of each color map project, green and blue component packing, but each color map project (least significant bit of blue component) should be by byte alignment.Figure 100 shows the example of the color map data item with 6 bluenesss, 8 greens and 7 redness.For this example, the color map item size in the color map grouping equals 21, and the color map RGB width field of client capabilities grouping equals 0x0786.

E. about the reverse link encapsulating packets

Parameters C RC field (2 byte) comprises 16 CRC from block length to all bytes that turn to length.If this CRC fails by verification, just abandon whole grouping.

In one embodiment, reverse link attribute field (1 byte) comprises the group mark from the information of client computer for request.For example, if position (position 0) is set to the logical one level, main frame uses the client capabilities grouping from the display request appointed information so, if but institute's rheme is set to the logical zero level, and main frame need to be from the information of client computer so.Position 0 is for meaning when main frame needs the client capabilities grouping, and client computer sends this grouping to main frame in the reverse data grouping field usually.Position 1 is for meaning when main frame needs client requests and status packet, and this grouping sends to main frame by client computer in the reverse data grouping field.Remaining bit (being here position 2 to 7) is retained for using in the future and being set to zero.Yet, can also be as required by multidigit more, be provided for the sign of reverse link.

Reverse rate is specified the number in the MDDI_Stb cycle of and appearance relevant to the reverse link data clock except digital section (1 byte).Described reverse link data clock equals the reverse rate divisor of forward link data clock divided by twice.Reverse link data rate relates to the interface type on reverse link data clock and reverse link.In one embodiment, for the interface of Class1, reverse data rate equals the reverse link data clock, and for the interface of type 2, type 3 and type 4, reverse data rate equals respectively the reverse link data clock of 2 times, 4 times and 8 times.

Complete 01 fields comprise one group of byte, here be 8, by by each the position be arranged to the logical zero level entirely 01 fields be set to equal zero, and this field can be used to guarantee that all MDDI_Data signals can reach time enough in the logical zero level forbid the host line driver during turning to 1 field before, in order to allow client computer only to utilize MDDI_Stb to start recovered clock.In one embodiment, the length of complete 01 fields is more than or equal to the number of the forward link byte the number of transmissions in the round trip delay of cable.

Turn to 1 length field (1 byte) assignment of allocation to turning to 1 total amount of byte, for setting up first, turn to the cycle.Before line driver in main frame is disabled, turn to 1 field to adopt by the byte number that turns to 1 length parameter appointment, in order to allow to enable the MDDI_Data line driver in client computer.During turning to 1 position 0, described client computer is enabled its MDDI_Data line driver, and main frame is forbidden its output in order to forbade its output fully before turning to 1 last position.MDDI_Stb signal performance as whole turned to for 1 cycle during MDDI_Data0 all in the logical zero level.The above has provided the more complete explanation that turns to 1 setting.

The reverse data grouping field comprises a series of groupings that are sent to the data of main frame from client computer.When client computer does not have data to send to main frame, client computer can send fills grouping or the MDDI_Data circuit is driven into to logical zero state or level.In the present embodiment, if the MDDI_Data circuit is driven to 0, main frame is interpreted as it to have the grouping (not being effective length) of 0 length, and main frame will no longer receive other grouping from client computer during current reverse link encapsulating packets.

Turn to 2 length fields (1 byte) assignment of allocation to turning to 2 total amount of byte, for setting up second, turn to the cycle.Turning to 2 length of recommended is that round trip postpones to add that main frame enables the required required byte number of time of its MDDI Data driver.Turn to 2 length values also can be greater than minimum required or calculated value, so that can have sufficient time to the reverse link grouping in processing host.

Turn to 2 fields to comprise the byte number that turns to the length parameter appointment.Main frame is waited at least round trip delay time turning to 2 before enabling its MDDI_Data line driver during.Main frame is enabled its MDDI_Data line driver, thus they before turning to 2 last position, usually enable fully, client computer is forbidden its output, thus their forbiddings fully usually before turning to 2 last position.The purpose that turns to 2 fields is can be from the remaining data amount that client computer sends or transmission self-reversal packet field starts.Consider that different system realizes the difference of the margin of safety amount aspect of this interface and distribution, possiblely be, main frame and client computer all not during some part that turned to for 2 field cycles by MDDI Data signal driver to the logical zero level, as shown in the line receiver unit in main frame.MDDI_Stb signal performance as MDDI_Data0 basically whole turned to for 2 cycles during in the logical zero level.The above has provided the description that turns to 2 settings.

The reverse data grouping field comprises the series of data packets that is sent to main frame from client computer.As previously mentioned, send the filler grouping in order to fill the untapped remaining space of other packet type.

Complete 02 fields comprise one group of byte (being in the present embodiment 8) that is set to equal null value, this realizes by these being arranged to the logical zero level, and this field is used for guaranteeing turning to after 2 fields have started the host line driver following, all MDDI_Data signals can reach time enough in nought state, so that client computer can be used MDDI_Data0 and MDDI_Stb, the two starts recovered clock.

F. about client capabilities, divide into groups

As shown in an embodiment, protocol version field is specified the protocol version used by client computer by 2 bytes.Initial version is set to equal 1 at present, and the generation along with redaction, this initial version also can change in time, just as will be known, and the minimal protocol version that the minimal protocol version field comes the given client function to adopt or explain by 2 bytes.In this case, 0 value is also effective value.Data rate capabilities field (2 byte) specified client each data on the forward link of interface on the maximum data rate that can receive, and specify with the form of per second megabit (Mbps).Interface type capable field (1 byte) is specified the interface type of supporting on positive and negative link.The position that is set to " 1 " shows to support the interface of appointment, and the position that is set to " 0 " shows not support this specified type.Main frame and client computer should at least be supported Class1 on forward and reverse link.The adjacent scope that does not need the supporting interface type.For example, the Class1 in a supporting interface and type 3 and do not support that type 3 and type 4 will be very effective.Do not need forward and reverse link to move with identical interface type yet.Yet, when link is revived from dormancy, forward and reverse link should bring into operation in the Class1 pattern until consult agreed or select other patterns, or main frame and till the two all agrees to use other patterns by client computer.

In one embodiment, by selecting position 0, position 1 or position 2 to show the interface type of supporting, in order to select respectively type 2 (2), type 3 (4) or type 4 (8) pattern on forward link, position 3, position 4 or position 5 type 2, type 3 or type 4 patterns of selecting respectively on reverse link; Position 6 and 7 is retained and usually is set to zero.Bitmap width and height field (2 byte) be take respectively width and the height that pixel is the unit specified bitmap.

Monochromatic capable field (1 byte) is used for specifying the figure place of the resolution that can show according to monochrome format in one embodiment.If display can't be used monochrome format, this value is set to zero so.Position 7 to 4 is retained for using in the future, thereby is set to zero.The maximum number of digits of the gray scale that can exist in 3 to 0 each pixel of definition of position.This four potential energy is enough each pixel designated value 1 to 15.If described value is zero, this display is not supported described monochrome format so.

Figure place, pixel groups and the pixel order of the resolution that the Bayer capable field is used 1 byte to transmit with the Bayer form.If client computer can not use the Bayer form so this value be zero.The Bayer capable field consists of following value: position 3 to 0 has defined the maximum number of digits of the intensity existed in each pixel, and position 5 to 4 has defined necessary pixel groups pattern, and position 8 to 6 has defined necessary pixel order; Position 14 to 9 is retained for using in the future and usually being set to zero simultaneously.Position 15 is set at 1 o'clock, shows that client computer can accept Bayer pixel data packing or that do not pack form.If position 15 is set to 0, this shows client computer be merely able to accept the not pack Bayer pixel data of form.

The maximum number of the list item that color map capable field (3 byte) exists in the designated display color map in one embodiment.If display can't be used the color map form, this value is zero so.

RGB capable field (2 byte) is specified the figure place of the resolution that can show according to rgb format.If display can't be used rgb format, this value equals zero so.RGB ability word comprises that three independently without value of symbol, wherein: in each pixel, and the maximum number of digits of position 3 to 0 definition bluenesss, the maximum number of digits of position 7 to 4 definition greens, and the maximum number of digits of position 11 to 8 definition redness.At present, position 14 to 12 is retained for using in the future and usually being set to zero.Position 15 is set at 1 o'clock, shows that client computer can accept rgb pixel data packing or that do not pack form.If position 15 is set to the logical zero level, this shows client computer be merely able to accept the not pack rgb pixel data of form.

Y Cr Cb capable field (2 byte) is specified the figure place of the resolution that can show according to Y Cr Cb form.If display can't be used Y Cr Cb form, this value is set to equal zero so.Described Y Cr Cb ability word comprises that three independently without value of symbol, wherein: the maximum number of digits in 3 to the 0 definition Cb samplings of position, maximum number of digits in 7 to the 4 definition Cr samplings of position, the maximum number of digits in 11 to the 8 definition Y samplings of position, and position 15 to 12 be retained at present for future and be set to zero.

Client computer feature capabilities indicator field is used 4 bytes in one embodiment, and it comprises one group for showing the sign of the special characteristic that client computer is supported.The position that is set to the logical one level shows to support described ability, and the position that is set to the logical zero level shows not support described ability.In one embodiment, the value of position 0 shows whether to support bitmap block movement grouping (packet type 71).Whether the value of position 1,2 and 3 shows respectively to support bitmap region to fill grouping (packet type 72), bitmap pattern is filled grouping (packet type 73) or read frame buffer grouping (packet type 74).Position 4 value shows whether client computer has the ability to make a kind of color transparent, and can the value of position 5 and 6 show respectively client computer accept not pack or the pack voice data of form, and the value of position 7 shows that can client computer send the reverse link video flowing from camera.Position 8 value shows whether client computer is had the ability to receive the pixel data of roads (full line) completely and ignored the display addressing as position 5 appointments of the pixel data attribute field of stream of video packets, and client computer also can be used the position 15 of pixel data attribute field to detect the end of frame synchronization or video requency frame data.

Can the value representation client computer of position 9 be explained and ask particular state to be divided into groups and use the grouping of effective status answer List to respond.As mentioned above, client computer can show to return the ability of additivity in the actual parameter answer List field of effective status answer List grouping.Position 10 means whether client computer has the ability of supporting display power rating 01.The display power rating is set with the position [3:2] of the power rating field of aforementioned display device power rating grouping.Display power rating 01 is a kind of like this state: the display of choosing does not illuminate, and the power of consumes least amount (if any) guarantees that the content of frame buffer is preserved during this state like this. Position 11 and 12 value show that respectively client computer is to communicate by letter with indicating equipment and grouping that can sending and receiving indicating equipment data, still with keyboard, are communicating by letter and grouping that can the sending and receiving keyboard data.Position 13 value shows whether client computer has the ability by supporting the VCP feature to divide into groups to arrange one or more audio or video parameters, wherein the grouping of VCP feature as: the grouping of request VCP feature, VCP feature acknowledgment packet, the grouping of VCP feature is set, the request actual parameter divides into groups and the actual parameter acknowledgment packet.The value of position 14 shows whether client computer has the ability pixel data is write to the off-line display frame buffer, as shown in Figure 88 A.If this value is set up a logical one level, display updated space ( position 7 and 6 of the pixel data attribute field of stream of video packets) can the value of being set to " 01 " so.

Position 15 value shows whether client computer has the ability pixel data is only write current for the display frame buffer of refresh display image, as shown in Figure 88 B.If this position is set to logical one, display updated space ( position 7 and 6 of the pixel data attribute field of stream of video packets) can the value of being set to " 00 " so.Position 16 value shows that client computer has the ability to write the situation of all displays frame buffer from the pixel data of single stream of video packets, as shown in Figure 88 C.If this position is set to the logical one level, display updated space ( position 7 and 6 of the pixel data attribute field of stream of video packets) can the value of being set to " 11 " so.

In one embodiment, the value of position 17 shows when client computer is had the ability in response to the grouping of request particular state, the value of position 18 shows when client computer is had the ability in response to the grouping of reciprocating stroke delay measurements, and the value of position 19 shows when the capable response of client computer forward link departs from the calibration grouping.In one embodiment, the value representation of position 20 when have the ability to divide into groups in response to the display power rating by client computer.

In one embodiment, position 21 value shows that client computer when has the ability to use grouping to transmit grouping (packet type 71), bitmap region and fill the raster manipulation field that grouping (packet type 72) and pattern bitmap are filled divide into groups (packet type 73), if these groupings obtain the client computer support, just as bit 0,1 and 2 or this field indicated.In one embodiment, if position 21 has logical zero level or value and supports grouping, so, client computer is not used the ability of raster manipulation field, and client computer only has the ability of the location of pixels that copies or write these grouping indications.

The value of position 22 shows whether client computer has the ability to divide into groups in response to register access.Position 23 to 31 is retained for future at present, or the optional appointment useful to the system planner with do, and usually is set to equal null value or logical zero level.

Display video frame rate capable field (1 byte) is specified and be take the maximum frame of video updating ability of the display that number of pictures per second is unit.Main frame can be selected to be slower than the speed of the value of appointment in this field and upgrade described image.

Described audio buffer depth field (2 byte) is specified the degree of depth of the elastic buffer in the display that is exclusively used in each audio stream.

Voice-grade channel capable field (2 byte) comprises a group mark, for showing client computer or client computer connection device, supports which voice-grade channel.Be set to 1 position and show that this passage is supported, and be set to zero position, show that this passage do not support.Bit position is distributed to different passages, and for example in one embodiment, a position 0,1,2,3,4,5,6 or 7, position shows respectively left front, right front, left back, right back, center, the place ahead, super woofer, around left and around right passage.Position 8 to 14 retains at present for using in the future and usually being set to zero.In one embodiment, position 15 is for showing whether client computer provides the support of the forward voice-grade channel being enabled to grouping.If this is the case, position 15 is set to the logical one level.Yet, if enable the result of grouping as the forward voice-grade channel, client computer can not the disabling of audio passage, if or client computer do not support any audio capability, this position is set to logical zero level or value so.

The audio sample rates capable field that is used for 2 bytes of forward link comprises a group mark, for showing the audio sample rates ability of client devices.Therefore, different rates is distributed to in the position, position, such as position 0,1,2,3,4,5,6,7 and 8, distributed to respectively 8,000,16,000,24,000,32,000,40,000,48,000,11,025,22,050 and 44,100 hits per seconds (SPS), position 9 to 15 is retained for use in the future or as required for optional speed, so they are set to ' 0 ' at present.These one of place value be set to ' 1 ' and show to support this specific sampling rate, show that this sampling rate do not support and this position is set to ' 0 '.

Minimum subframe speed field (2 byte) is specified and be take the minimum subframe speed that number of pictures per second is unit.Minimum subframe speed keeps being enough to some transducer in the reading displayed device or the show state refresh rate of indicating equipment.

Microphone sampling rate capable field for 2 bytes of reverse link comprises a group mark, for the audio sample rates ability of the microphone that shows client devices.For the purpose of utilizing MDDI, the client devices microphone is configured to the speed that bottom line is supported minimum 8,000 sampling per seconds.Different rates is distributed to in position, position for this field, and for example, its meta position 0,1,2,3,4,5,6,7 and 8 is respectively used to represent 8,000,16,000,24,000,32,000,40,000,48,000,11,025,22,050 and 44,100 hits per seconds (SPS), position 9 to 15 is retained for use in the future or as required for optional speed, so they are set to ' 0 ' at present.These one of place value be set to ' 1 ' and show that this specific sampling rate supports, show that this sampling rate do not support and this position is set to ' 0 '.If do not connect microphone, every of microphone sampling rate capabilities bits all is set to equal zero so.

Keyboard data format fields (being 1 byte here) illustrates whether keyboard is connected to client machine system and the type of the keyboard that connects.In one embodiment, be used for defining the type of connected keyboard by the value of position 6 to 0 establishments.If this value is zero, keyboard type is considered the unknown.When being 1 value, the keyboard data form is considered to standard P S-2 mode.Do not use at present the value in 2 to 125 scopes, these values to be retained for system designer or interface company (incorporator) or product development commercialization and define specific keyboard or the input equipment together used with MDD interface or corresponding client computer or main frame.Value 126 is for showing user-defined keyboard data form, and is worth 127 for showing to be connected to the keyboard of client computer.In addition, position 7 can be used in show keyboard whether can with client communication.It is for showing that keyboard is used the situation of wireless link and client communication that this expection is used.If position 6 to 0 shows the client computer that keyboard can not connect, position 7 will be set to 0 level so.Therefore, for an embodiment, when the value of position 7 is 0, keyboard can not be communicated by letter with client computer, and if position 7 value is 1, keyboard and client computer have confirmed that they can communicate with one another so.

Indicating equipment data format field (being 1 byte here) has illustrated whether indicating equipment is connected to client machine system and the type of the indicating equipment that connects.In one embodiment, be used for defining the type of connected indicating equipment by the value of position 6 to 0 foundation.If this value is zero (0), the indicating equipment type is considered the unknown.When being 1 value, the indicating equipment data format is considered to standard P S-2 mode.Do not use at present the value in 2 to 125 scopes, these values to be retained for system designer or interface company (incorporator) or product development commercialization and define specific indicating equipment or the input equipment together used with MDD interface or corresponding client computer or main frame.Value 126 is for showing user-defined indicating equipment data format, and is worth 127 for showing to be connected to the indicating equipment of client computer.In addition, position 7 can be used in show indicating equipment whether can with client communication.It is for showing that indicating equipment uses the situation of wireless link and client communication that this expection is used.If position 6 to 0 shows the client computer that indicating equipment can not connect, position 7 will be set to 0 level so.Therefore, for an embodiment, when the value of position 7 is 0, indicating equipment can not be communicated by letter with client computer, and if position 7 value is 1, indicating equipment and client computer have confirmed that they can communicate with one another so.

Content protecting type field (2 byte) comprises a group mark, for showing the digital content protection type of being supported by display.At present, position 0, position is used for showing to support the situation of DTCP, and position 1, position is used for showing to support the situation of HDCP, and a position 2 to 15, position is retained the use for other needed or available protection schemes, so they are set to zero at present.

Manufacturer name field (being 2 bytes here) comprises the EISA 3-character ID of manufacturer, and according to the mode with identical in VESA EDID standard, it is packaged into to the character of 3 5-positions.Character " A " is represented as binary zero 0001, and character " Z " is represented as binary one 1010, and all letters between all " A " and " Z " all are represented as the binary value corresponding to the order of the alphabetic order between " A " and " Z ".The highest significant position of manufacturer's title is not used, and usually is set to logical zero, until for realizing future.For example, the manufacturer meaned by character string " XYZ " will have the manufacturer title of value for 0x633a.If client computer is not supported this field, it will be set to 0 so.Product code is used 2 bytes, comprises the product code distributed by display manufacturer.If client computer is not supported this field, this field will be set to 0 so.

Retain 1, retain 2 and retain 3 fields (being 2 bytes) here and retain, so that in the future for reveal tip.All positions in these fields are set to 0 usually.The purpose of these fields is to make all 2 continuous byte field aim at 16 word addresss now, and makes 4 byte field aim at 32 word addresss.

In this embodiment, sequence-number field shows the digital form sequence number of display by 4 bytes.If client computer is not supported this field, this field will be set to 0 so.Manufacture week 1 byte for field, define the manufacture week of this display.If client computer is supported this field, this value is in the scope of 1-53 so.If client computer is not supported this field, this field will be set to 0 so.The year built field is 1 byte, and it has defined the year built of this display.This value is the side-play amount apart from nineteen ninety.The scope in the time that this field means is 1991-2245.For example, 2003 is 13 corresponding to value year built.If client computer is not supported this field, this field will be set to 0 so.

The crc value of one 16 that crc field (being 2 bytes here) comprises all bytes in the grouping that comprises block length.

G. about client requests and status packet

Reverse link request field (3 byte) has specified client computer to send the needed byte number of information to main frame on reverse link in next subframe.

Crc error count area (1 byte) shows to have had how many crc errors since dielectric frame starts.While sending sub-frame count and be zero subframe header packet, CRC counts replacement.If the actual number of crc error exceeds 255, this value is usually saturated 255 so.

Ability changes field and shows the change of client capabilities by 1 byte.If the user connects the ancillary equipment such as microphone, keyboard or display, or for other reasons, this situation may occur.As position [7:0], while equaling 0, after the client capabilities grouping that has sent last time, ability does not change so.Yet, when position [7:0] equals 1 to 255, ability changes.The grouping of inspection client capabilities, in order to determine new display characteristics.

The busy attribute field of client computer is used 2 bytes, shows that client computer carrying out specific function, not yet is ready to accept other groupings relevant to this function.Be arranged to the bit representation of logical one level or value, current this specific function of carrying out of client computer, the correlation function parts in client computer are busy.If the correlation function parts in client computer are ready, this position is made as to logical zero.For all functions of not supporting in client computer, client computer should be returned to busy state (position is made as 1).

In one embodiment, these bytes make an explanation according to following relation: if position 0 is " 1 ", bitmap block movement function is busy, if position 1 is " 1 ", it is busy that bitmap region is filled function, if position 2 is " 1 ", it is busy that pattern bitmap is filled function.Simultaneously, if position 3 is " 1 ", graphics subsystem is busy with carrying out the operation that needs to use the frame buffer in client computer.Other need to use the graphing capability of frame buffer until this bit is made as logical one just starts.

Current, the reserved use in the future in position 4 to 15, if, while distributing these in the future, usually be made as logical one level or state, to show busy state.

H. about blit, divide into groups

Window top-left coordinates X value and Y value field are all specified X and the Y value of the coordinate in the window upper left corner to be moved by 2 bytes.Window width and height field are all used width and the height of 2 bytes for window to be moved is described.Window X moves and moves field with Y and all use 2 bytes for the specified window horizontal and vertical moves respectively number of pixels.Usually, these coordinates are so configured, that is, X on the occasion of window will be moved to the right, negative value allows it move to the left, and Y on the occasion of allowing window move down, and negative value moves up it.

I. fill grouping about bitmap region

Window top-left coordinates X value and Y value field are all used 2 bytes for X and the Y value of window upper left corner coordinate to be filled are described.Window width and height field (equal 2 bytes) width and the height for window to be filled is described.The form of video data format descriptor symbol field (2 byte) specified pixel area filling value.Described form is identical with the same field in stream of video packets.Pixel region is filled value field (4 byte) and is comprised the pixel value in the window by above-mentioned field appointment to be filled.Specified the form of this pixel in video data format descriptor symbol field.

J. fill grouping about bitmap pattern

Window top-left coordinates X value and Y value field are all specified X and the Y value of window upper left corner coordinate to be filled by 2 bytes.Window width and height field (equal 2 bytes) width and the height for window to be filled is described.Pattern width and pattern height field (equal 2 bytes) are respectively used to illustrate width and the height of filling pattern.Horizontal pattern offset field (2 byte) has been specified the horizontal-shift apart from the pixel data pattern on the left edge of specified window to be filled.This value is designated as the value be less than in the pattern width field.Vertical pattern offset field (2 byte) has been specified the vertical shift apart from the pixel data pattern on the edge, top of specified window to be filled.This value is designated as the value be less than in the pattern height field.

The form of the video data format descriptor symbol field specified pixel area filling value of 2 bytes.Figure 11 illustrates how the video data format descriptor symbol encodes.Described form is identical with the same field in stream of video packets.

The CRC that parameters C RC field (2 byte) comprises all bytes from block length to the video format descriptor.If this CRC fails by verification, just abandon whole grouping.The pattern pixel data field comprises original video information, the filling pattern for explanation with the form of video data format descriptor symbol appointment.Data are packaged as byte, and first pixel of every a line will be by byte alignment.Described filling pattern data are transmitted a line at every turn.Pattern pixel data crc field (2 byte) only comprises the CRC to the pattern pixel data.If this CRC fails by verification, so described pattern pixel data still can be used, but the crc error counting increases.

K. communicating link data channel packet

The 16-position CRC that parameters C RC field (2 byte) comprises all bytes from the block length to the packet type.If this CRC fails by verification, just abandon whole grouping.

The communicating link data field comprises the initial data from communication channel.These data only are passed on the computing equipment in display.

Communicating link data crc field (2 byte) only comprises the 16-position CRC to communicating link data.If this CRC fails by verification, so described communicating link data still can be used or be still useful, but the crc error counting increases.

L. enable grouping about the forward voice-grade channel

Voice-grade channel is enabled mask field (1 byte) and is comprised a group mark, for showing which voice-grade channel, will be activated in client computer.Be set to 1 position and enable corresponding passage, be set to zero the corresponding passage of position forbidding.Position 0 to 5 indicate respectively be positioned at left front, right front, left back, right back, center, the place ahead and super woofer passage passage 0 to passage 5.Position 7 to 6 is retained for using in the future, usually is set to zero simultaneously.

M. about reverse audio sample rates grouping

Audio sample rates field (1 byte) designation number audio sample rates.The value of this field is distributed to different speed, and its intermediate value 0,1,2,3,4,5,6,7 and 8 is respectively used to indicate 8,000,16,000,24,000,32,000,40,000,48,000,11,025,22,050 and 44,100 hits per seconds (SPS), value 9 to 254 is retained so that as required for optional speed, so they are set to ' 0 ' at present.Value 255 is used for forbidding the reverse link audio stream.

The form of sample format field (1 byte) designation number audio sample.As position [1:0], while equaling ' 0 ', digitized audio samples is linear format, and when they equal 1, digitized audio samples is μ-Lv Geshi, and, when they equal 2, digitized audio samples is A-rule form.Position [7:2] is retained so that as required alternately for indicating audio format, and usually is set to equal zero.

N. about the digital content protection expense, divide into groups

Content protecting type field (1 byte) is specified the digital content protection method used.Value ' 0 ' shows DTCP (DTCP), and be worth 1, shows HDCP system (HDCP).2 to 255 value scope is designated at present, but is retained so that as required for optional protection scheme.Content protecting Overhead Message field is included in the variable-length field of the content protecting message sent between main frame and client computer.

O. enable grouping about transparent color

Transparent color is enabled field (1 byte) and is specified the situation of enabling or forbid transparent color mode.If position 0 equals 0, so transparent color mode is disabled, if equal 1, so transparent color mode is activated, and transparent color is specified by following two parameters.The position 1 to 7 of this byte is retained for using in the future and usually being set to equal zero.

The form of video data format descriptor symbol field (2 byte) specified pixel area filling value.Figure 11 illustrates how the video data format descriptor symbol encodes.Described form is usually identical with the same field in stream of video packets.

Pixel region is filled value field and is used 4 byte allocation to the pixel value in the window of as above appointment to be filled.Specify the form of this pixel in video data format descriptor symbol field.

P. about the round trip delay measurements, divide into groups

The block length field of 2 bytes has been specified the total amount of byte in the grouping that does not comprise the block length field, and selects in one embodiment 159 regular length.Value 82 these packet types of sign for the packet type field of 2 bytes, it is the grouping of round trip delay measurements by a group character.As in the previous, the hClient id field is retained for being used as in the future Client ID, and usually is set as 0.

In one embodiment, the 16-position CRC that parameters C RC field (2 byte) comprises all bytes from the block length to the packet type.If this CRC fails by verification, just abandon whole grouping.

Guard time 1 field (being 64 bytes here) is used for allowing the line driver of MDDI_Data line driver in main frame in client computer to be activated before disabled.During the position 0 of guard time 1, described client computer is enabled the MDDI_Data line driver, and main frame is forbidden its line driver so that, before the last position of guard time 1, this line driver is forbidden fully.During guard time 1, main frame and client computer all drive the logical zero level when it is not disabled.Another purpose of this field is to guarantee: before forbidding host line driver, all MDDI_Data signals reach time enough in the logical zero level, in order to allow client computer only to utilize MDDI_Stb to start recovered clock or clock signal

Measuring period, field was 64 byte windows, for allowing client computer, with half data rate of using on forward link, utilized the 0x0 of 0xff, 0xff and 30 bytes to respond.The situation that this data rate is 1 corresponding to the reverse link rate divisor.Client computer, once realize in measuring period, is just returned to this response immediately.In first moment that adds the logical delay of client computer after the main frame place starts through accurate link round trip delay of measuring period, main frame receives this response from client computer.

Complete 01 fields (2 byte) comprise a plurality of zero, in order to allow the MDDI_Data line driver crossover in main frame and client computer, thereby MDDI_Data is always driven.Main frame is enabled MDDI_Data in the position of guard time 2 during 0, and client computer according to it way at end measuring period, also by signal driver to the logical zero level.

When the value in guard time 2 fields (64 byte) postpones the maximum in measuring measuring period at round trip, allow crossover measuring period driven by client computer.Client computer is its line driver of forbidding during the position 0 of guard time 2, and main frame is enabled immediately its line driver after last position of guard time 2.During guard time 2, the two all drives the logical zero level main frame and client computer when it is not disabled.Another purpose of this field is to guarantee that all MDDI_Data signals reach time enough in the logical zero level, in order to allow client computer after enabling the line driver of main frame, uses MDDI_Data0 and MDDI_Stb to start the recovered clock signal.

Q. depart from the calibration grouping about forward link

In one embodiment, the 16-position CRC that parameters C RC field (2 byte) comprises all bytes from the block length to the packet type.If this CRC fails by verification, just abandon whole grouping.

Complete 01 fields are used 8 bytes, and true calibration data sequence field starts to be on MDDI_Stb and will have transformation.Usually, these bytes are used the signless integer of the 8-position that equals 0.But also for the client computer core logic provides time enough to using, the pattern of clock recovery circuitry is changed into and used simply MDDI_Stb or MDDI_Stb signal as the clock recovered from the XOR that uses MDDI_0 and MDDI_Stb.

The calibration data sequence field comprises data sequence, for allowing the MDDI_Data signal in each data cycle upset.The length of calibration data sequence field depends on the interface used on up link.During processing the calibration data sequence, described MDDI console controller all MDDI_Data signal settings for equaling gating signal.When the calibration data sequence field is received by the client computer display, described client clock restore circuit should only recover data clock with the XOR of MDDI_Stb rather than MDDI_Stb and MDDI_Data0.The accurate phase place of MDDI_Stb signal while starting according to the calibration data sequence field, based on sending when this divides into groups the interface type used, the calibration data sequence will be one of following situation usually:

Class1-(64 byte data sequence) 0xaa, 0xaa ... perhaps 0x55,0x55

Type 2-(128 byte data sequence) 0xcc, 0xcc ... perhaps 0x33,0x33

Type 3-(256 byte data sequence) 0xf0,0xf0 ... perhaps 0x0f, 0x0f

Type 4-(512 byte data sequence) 0xff, 0x00,0xff, 0x00 ... perhaps 0x00,0xff, 0x00,0xff

Show respectively the possible MDDI_Data of Class1 and type 2 interfaces and the example of MDDI_Stb waveform in Figure 62 A and 62B.

XIX. conclusion

Although described various embodiment of the present invention, it should be understood that it is only to provide them with way of example, rather than restrictive.Therefore, range of the present invention and scope should not be subject to the restriction of above-mentioned any exemplary embodiment, but only according to following claims and equivalent thereof, limit.

Claims (13)

1. one kind for being sent to the display power rating of client computer at digital transmission link the method for main frame, and described method comprises the following steps:

The client capabilities that contains client computer feature capabilities identifier field grouping is provided, described client computer feature capabilities identifier field indication response has the ability of the display power rating grouping of power rating field, this power rating field has in the first value, the value of optionally setting between the second value and the 3rd value, the first value is for being set as the first value low power state by the display relevant to described client computer, the second value is for being set as high power state by described display, and the 3rd value is for being set as the 3rd value low power state by described display, wherein the first value low power state comprises that the content of the frame buffer of not guaranteeing that reservation is relevant to described display does not illuminate described display to consume minimum quantity of power simultaneously, and high power state comprises that thereby the image that illuminates described display demonstration relevant frame buffer from it has consumed high power, and that the 3rd value low power state comprises that the content of guaranteeing the retention frame buffer does not illuminate described display simultaneously is high but lower than the described high-power power consumed under described high power state with the above-mentioned minimum power amount of consumption rate,

By using the reverse link sign in the reverse link encapsulating packets, from described main frame, receive the request to described client capabilities grouping;

In response to described request, send described client capabilities grouping from described client computer to described main frame, utilize the described ability of described client computer feature capabilities identifier field indication response display power rating.

2. the method for claim 1, further comprise, receive the described display power rating grouping with the described power rating field that is set in described the first value at described client computer place, and use the described display power rating grouping display relevant to this client computer to be set to described the first value low power state.

3. the process of claim 1 wherein, described display comprises alternate display.

4. the method for claim 1, also be included in described client computer place and receive the described display power rating grouping with the described power rating field that is set in described the second value, and

Illuminate described display according to this second value that described display is placed in to described high power state; And show the image from the described frame buffer relevant to described display.

5. the method for claim 4, wherein, described display comprises alternate display.

6. one kind for being sent to the display power rating of client computer at digital transmission link the device of main frame, and described device comprises:

For the module of the client capabilities grouping that contains client computer feature capabilities identifier field is provided, described client computer feature capabilities identifier field indication response has the ability of the display power rating grouping of power rating field, wherein this power rating field has in first value the second value, the value of optionally setting between the 3rd value, the first value is for being set as the first value low power state by the display relevant to described client computer, and the second value is for being set as high power state by described display, the 3rd value is for being set as the 3rd value low power state by the display relevant to described client computer, wherein the first value low power state comprises that the content of the frame buffer of not guaranteeing that reservation is relevant to described display does not illuminate described display simultaneously to consume the power of minimum, and high power state comprises that thereby illuminating the image that described display shows the frame buffer relevant from it has simultaneously consumed high power, and that the 3rd value low power state comprises that the content of guaranteeing the retention frame buffer does not illuminate described display simultaneously is high but lower than the high-power power consumed under described high power state with the above-mentioned minimum power amount of consumption rate,

For receive the module to the request of described client capabilities grouping from described main frame;

For in response to described request, send the module of described client capabilities grouping from described client computer to described main frame, utilize the described ability of described client computer feature capabilities identifier field indication response display power rating.

7. the device of claim 6 further comprises:

For receive the module of the described display power rating grouping with the described power rating field that is set in described the first value at described client computer place; And

For using the described display power rating grouping display relevant to described client computer with the power rating field that is arranged on described the first value to be set to the module of described the first value low power state.

8. the device of claim 7, the module that the wherein said described display power rating grouping display relevant to described client computer that has the power rating field that is arranged on described the first value for use is set to described the first value low power state comprises:

Do not illuminate the module of described display;

Do not guarantee the module that the content of frame buffer will remain.

9. the device of claim 8, wherein, described display comprises alternate display.

10. the device of claim 6 also comprises:

For receiving the described display power rating grouping with the described power rating field that is set in described the second value at described client computer place and illuminating described display and show the module from the image of the frame buffer relevant to described display according to this second value that described display is placed in to described high power state.

11. the device of claim 10, wherein, described display comprises alternate display.

12. method as claimed in claim 1, further be included in described client computer place and receive the described display power rating grouping with the described power rating field that is set in described the 3rd value, and, according to the 3rd value that described display is placed in to described the 3rd value low power state, guarantee that the content that retains the frame buffer relevant to described display does not illuminate described display simultaneously.

13. the device of claim 6, further comprise

For receive the module of the described display power rating grouping with the described power rating field that is set in described the 3rd value at described client computer place, and

For using, the described display power rating with the power rating field that is arranged on described the 3rd value divides into groups, by described client computer, relevant display is placed in the module of the 3rd value low power state, comprises that the content of the frame buffer for guaranteeing to remain relevant to described display does not illuminate the module of described display simultaneously.

Images